design manual 2017

opening roofs
the louvretec room
sunflex systems
retract systems
sun louvres OVERVIEW
sun louvres AIRFOIL
sun louvres RECTANGULAR
louvered shutters
custom made
engineering reports
wiring diagrams
WWW.LOUVRETEC.COM
 opening roofs / shutters / sun louvres / outdoor rooms / outdoor blinds / designtec / accessories

LOUVRETEC WORLDWIDE - SELECT YOUR REGION

 PLATINUM
SMART-HEAT™ ELECTRIC

The perfect synergy of modern design and outstanding heating

performance

Strong, efficient infrared heat combined with an ultra-thin

and stylish design – the new Platinum Smart-Heat® Electric
complements the atmosphere of any home or commercial
environment.

New and innovative radiant outdoor heating technology has been

developed by Bromic resulting in an electric heater that boasts
optimal heat output in a high end, minimalist frame.
 OPENING
OPENINGROOFS
ROOFS
Opening Roof Product Overview 2.06
200 Super Roof 2.10
200 Super Roof Lite 2.15
200 Super Roof Lite Curved 2.20
180 Linear Opening Roof 2.25
180 Classic Opening Roof 2.30
260 Translucent Opening Roof 2.35
Suburban Direct Opening Roof 2.40
The Louvretec Structural Frame 2.45 - 2.48
Structural: Frame Beams and Posts 2.49 - 2.52
Structural: Gutter Outlets 2.53 - 2.55
Structural: Connecting to the building 2.56 - 2.72
Structural: Fixing to alternative frames 2.73 - 2.76

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:01
2:02 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS

Open your home to the besuty of the outdoors

whilst having protection from the elements.
Open your home to the beauty of the outdoors
whilst enjoying protection from the elements.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:03
 OPENING ROOFS GALLERY

1. 2.

3. 4.

1.TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF 2. 180 LINEAR OPENING ROOF 3. 3 BAYS SHOWING 200 SUPER ROOF 4. 2 BAYS SHOWING 180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF

2:04 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS GALLERY

5.

6. 7.

8. 9 9.

5. SUPER ROOF LITE WITH HEATING AND LIGHTING 6. SUPER ROOF LITE OPENING ROOF 7. 180 CLASSIC ROOF ABOVE POOL

8. 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING ROOF 9. TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:05
 OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

opening roofs - architectural series
Welcome to Louvretec’s updated range of Opening Roof systems. Well
established as world leaders, Louvretec’s Opening Roof systems are
now even further enhanced with the introduction of the new
Super Roof range.

These roofs beautifully complement Louvretec’s existing systems and

with their extra strength and spanning capabilities enable installations in
areas previously restricted.

All the Opening Roofs within the Architectural Series are now
available with the Spiral Pivot “Down-under” drive system. This
new development enables all moving parts, including the motor,
to be completely hidden out of sight, further enhancing the
already clean uncluttered lines of a Louvretec Opening Roof.

opening roofs - suburban direct

Louvretec’s Suburban Direct Opening Roof has been designed with
quality and economy in mind. Utilising the award winning Spiral Pivot
system, the beautifully designed 200mm wide blades not only look
great but also provide wide spanning capabilities to provide ample
maintenance free living space for any deck.

Fully engineered and manufactured from the highest grade aluminium or

marine grade stainless steel, these roofs carry the same full Louvretec
product and workmanship warranty as offered on the Architectural
Series.

the louvretec room -

fully or partly enclosed loggia
Discuss with Louvretec the options available to convert the new
indoor-outdoor space provided by your Opening Roof into
a functional Outdoor Room.
Refer Section 3 – The Louvretec Room for full details.

outdoor blinds and glass sliders -

perfect addition to your opening roof
We now offer a full range of Louvretec Outdoor Blinds, hand operated
or motorised. These can be colour matched to your Opening Roof
and are available in either Clear PVC or coloured cloth Shade Mesh.
Refer Section 3 – The Louvretec Room for full details.

2:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS SPANS AT A GLANCE

MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. EXTRA HIGH WIND EX LOW WIND SPEED
HIGH
REFER TO SECTION 11 ENGINEERING REPORTS FOR FULL DETAILS ON BLADE SPANS. SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S 115KM/H 32M/S

OPENING ROOFS

7 DIFFERENT STYLES MAXIMUM SPANS OPERABLE

EX
4000MM HIGH

200 SUPER ROOF HEAVY 4500MM

EX
3200MM HIGH

200 SUPER ROOF LITE 4500MM

EX
3200MM HIGH

4500MM
200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED

EX
2450MM HIGH

180 LINEAR ROOF 3750MM

EX
2450MM HIGH

180 CLASSIC ROOF 3900MM

EX
1850MM HIGH

260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF 3100MM

EX
2800MM HIGH

200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF 4500MM

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:07
 OPENING ROOFS OPERATING SYSTEMS

DRIVE SYSTEMS
spiral pivot - three variants
Hidden away, the Spiral Pivot System is the very heart of Louvretec’s operating system.
Linked to a custom made gear box and driven by Somfy - the world’s leading tubular motor manufacturer.

1. DOWN - UNDER SPIRAL PIVOT

Designed specifically for Louvretec’s new generation

Super Roofs as the name implies Down-under not only
has the pivot operating system hidden from sight, so
too is the motor and gearbox.

With neither operating mechanism nor motor to

be seen Down-under provides for the cleanest
look imaginable. Now available on request on all
Architectural Series Opening Roofs.

2. MOTOR OVER SPIRAL PIVOT

This tried and tested system has been well proven over
many years and continues to be used as standard on
Louvretec’s Suburban Direct Series Opening Roofs.

3. HAND OPERATED SPIRAL PIVOT

Using a custom engineered gearbox with stainless

steel crank handle, all Louvretec Opening Roofs
are available as a hand operable option in lieu of
motorised.

The roofs can be operated with ease, with the crank

handle being detachable for storage when operation
is complete.

2:08 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS OPERATING SYSTEMS

new page to come: killer photo like Page 3

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:09
 OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200 SUPER ROOF

200 SUPER ROOF

introducing a new generation of opening roofs
The 200 Super Roof is the flagship of Louvretec’s new range of Super
Opening Roofs. One of a series of three new systems, this roof leads the
way with outstanding spanning capabilities.

Even in very high wind zones, spans of up to 4500mm are achievable,

reducing to 4000mm maximum in extra high wind zones. This gives
approximately an extra metre of span over other products currently
available.

Apart from offering a wider protected deck to enjoy, in many instances

the extra span eliminates the need for double roofs with mid-beams as
has been previously required to achieve the same covered area.

This style of opening roof now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter
to all four sides as standard.

200 SUPER ROOF

OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Remote controlled Wall switches Home Automation Sensors Hand operated

HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARD WALL MOUNTED myLink™ RAIN SENSOR LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
REMOTES SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS

OPTIONAL EXTRAS SURFACE COATINGS

Enhance your site to suit your needs. A wide range of options are available.

OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, FREESTANDING ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS. OR INTEGRATED.

2:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

TECHNICAL DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 188 mm Weight per linear metre - opening system 3.116 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 16.57 kg/sqm Actual blade width 200 mm
Blade centres - opening system 188 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH
32 m/s 37m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
Factored wind speed at building Self wt
115 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
133 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

200 Super Roof 5600 4500 4500 4500 4500 4000

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE

OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT PIVOT
Span: C heck engineering span limits LEFT HAND UP
Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 188 Crs 3008
1 blade at 200 (blade size)+ 200
17 blades =3208

STEP 2 RIGHT HAND UP

Blade cover 3208
+2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44
Total exact pivot length =3252
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance

increases over 22mm at ends.

Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:11
 OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 200 SUPER ROOF

200 SUPER
EROVID ROOF
UTATIS ENDIT QUAS SAM
ISBLADES OPEN 45°
MOD OMNIMUSAM UTATIS.

200 SUPER ROOF

EROVID UTATIS ENDIT QUAS SAM
BLADES CLOSED
IS MOD OMNIMUSAM UTATIS.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
2:12 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 200 SUPER ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.13

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:13
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 200 SUPER ROOF WITHIN STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.14

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:14 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200 SUPER ROOF LITE

200 SUPER ROOF LITE

introducing a new generation of opening roofs
This impressive system is second in a series of three new Super Roofs,
this one being a lighter version of the 200 Super Roof.

Super Roof Lite provides excellent spanning capacity for the majority
of residential installations, and can be used in conjunction with the
200 Super Roof. Both roofs are of similar shape and can be used
side-by-side in multiple panel installations where spans are of
varying length.

This roof now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter to all four sides as
standard.

Super Roof Lite looks fantastic and is fast becoming one of Louvretec’s
most specified Opening Roof options.

200
200 SUPER
SUPER ROOF
ROOF SERIES
- HEAVY- LITE

OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Remote controlled Wall switches Home Automation Sensors Hand operated

HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARD WALL MOUNTED myLink™ RAIN SENSOR LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
REMOTES SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS

OPTIONAL EXTRAS SURFACE COATINGS

Enhance your site to suit your needs. A wide range of options are available.

OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, FREESTANDING ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS. OR INTEGRATED.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:15
 OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF LITE

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 188 mm Weight per lineal metre - opening system 2.483 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 13.20 kg/sqm Actual blade width 200 mm
Blade centres - opening system 188 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH
32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s
Factored wind speed at building Self wt
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

200 Super Roof Lite 4900 4500 4500 3950 3500 3200

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE

OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT PIVOT
Span: Check engineering span limits LEFT HAND UP
Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 188 Crs 3008
1 blade at 200 (blade size)+ 200
17 blades =3208

STEP 2 RIGHT HAND UP

Blade cover 3208

+2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44
Total exact pivot length =3252
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance

increases over 22mm at ends.

Blade direction either right hand up or left hand up.

2:16 ©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF LITE

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 200 SUPER ROOF LITE

200 SUPER
EROVID UTATIS
ROOFENDIT
LITE QUAS SAM
IS MOD
BLADES OMNIMUSAM
OPEN ROOF
200 SUPER 45° LITEUTATIS.
BLADES OPEN 45 DEGREES

200 SUPER ROOF LITE

200 SUPER
EROVID
BLADES UTATISROOF
CLOSED ENDITLITE
QUAS SAM
BLADES
IS MOD CLOSED UTATIS.
OMNIMUSAM

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec
©Louvretec 2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved.
Technical specificationsTechnical details
subject to changesubject to change
without notice.without notice. 2:172:17
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 200 SUPER ROOF LITE - WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.18

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:18 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 200 SUPER ROOF LITE WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.19

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:19
 OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED

200 SUPER ROOF LITE

CURVED
introducing a new generation of opening roofs
Super Roof Lite Curved is the third and newest addition to the series
of three Super Roofs. Designed by request from a Sydney architect for
a prestigious project on Sydney Harbour, Super Roof Lite Curved offers
identical spanning capabilitites to the Super Roof Lite system.

Both Super Roof Lites span up to 4500mm in medium wind zones

and offer excellent spanning capacity for the majority of residential
applications. Now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter to all four
sides as standard.

Choose from the clean angular lines of Super Roof Lite, or the softer
rounded look of Super Roof Lite Curved.

200 SUPER ROOF LITE - CURVED

OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Remote controlled Wall switches Home Automation Sensors Hand operated

HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARD WALL MOUNTED myLink™ RAIN SENSOR LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
REMOTES SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS

OPTIONAL EXTRAS SURFACE COATINGS

Enhance your site to suit your needs. A wide range of options are available.

OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, FREESTANDING ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS. OR INTEGRATED.

2:20 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF LITE - CURVED

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 188 mm Weight per linear metre - opening system 2.483 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 13.20 kg/sqm Actual blade width 200 mm
Blade centres - opening system 188 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH
32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s
Factored wind speed at building Self wt
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 158 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

200 Super Roof Lite Curved 4900 4500 4500 3950 3500 3200

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE

OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT PIVOT
Span: C heck engineering span limits LEFT HAND UP
Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 188 Crs 3008
1 blade at 200 (blade size)+ 200
17 blades =3208

STEP 2 RIGHT HAND UP

Blade cover 3208
+2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44
Total exact pivot length =3252
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance

increases over 22mm at ends

Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:21
 OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED

200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED

BLADES OPEN 45°

200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED

BLADES CLOSED

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
2:22 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.23

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:23
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 200 SUPER ROOF LITE - CURVED WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.24

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:24 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 180 LINEAR ROOF

180 LINEAR ROOF

clean lines, crisp edges
The 180mm Linear Opening Roof captures and compliments the look
of today’s architecture. With bold angular lines and sharp, cleanly defined
edges, the flat blade is similar in appearance to the two Super Roofs.
The edges of each blade are chamfered at 45 degrees, giving a
tongue and grooved effect when closed.

This opening roof is now also available using the

Spiral Pivot “Down-under” operating system, or alternatively
it can be hand operated using a custom built crank and gearbox.

This style of opening roof now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter
to all four sides as standard.

180
200 LINEAR OPENING
SUPER ROOF ROOF
- HEAVY

OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Remote controlled Wall switches Home Automation Sensors Hand operated

HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARD WALL MOUNTED myLink™ RAIN SENSOR LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
REMOTES SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS

OPTIONAL EXTRAS SURFACE COATINGS

Enhance your site to suit your needs. A wide range of options are available.

OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, FREESTANDING ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS. OR INTEGRATED.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:25
 OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 180 LINEAR ROOF

scale 1:1

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 169 mm Weight per lineal metre - opening system 1.84 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 11 kg/sqm Actual blade width 180 mm
Blade centres - opening system 169 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH
32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s
Factored wind speed at building Self wt
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

180 Linear Opening Roof 3900 3750 3400 3000 2700 2450

INSTALLATION OPTIONS CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES

CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE

OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT PIVOT
Span: Check engineering span limits LEFT HAND UP
Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 169 Crs 2704
1 blade at 180 (blade size)+ 180
17 blades =2884

STEP 2 RIGHT HAND UP

Blade cover 2884

+2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44
Total exact pivot length =2928
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance

increases over 22mm at ends

Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up.

2:26 ©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS 180 LINEAR ROOF

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180 LINEAR ROOF

180 LINEAR OPENING ROOF.

BLADES OPEN 45°
180 LINEAR ROOF
BLADES OPEN 45 DEGREES

180 LINEAR OPENING ROOF.

180 LINEAR
BLADES CLOSEDROOF
BLADES CLOSED

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:272:27
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 180 LINEAR OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.28

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:28 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 180 LINEAR OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.29

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:29
 OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 180 CLASSIC ROOF

180 CLASSIC ROOF

soft, easy lines
Welcome to the updated version of the original Classic Opening Roof.

The timeless and popular look of the elegantly concaved 180mm wide
Classic blade has now been further enhanced with the upgrade option of
the new Spiral Pivot “Down-under” operating system.

Alternatively it is still available using a hand operated custom gearbox

with stainless steel crank handle. The 180 Classic and 180 Linear Opening
Roofs are of identical size, the only difference being the style of blade
used.

This style of opening roof now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter
to all four sides as standard.

180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF

OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Remote controlled Wall switches Home Automation Sensors Hand operated

HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARD WALL MOUNTED myLink™ RAIN SENSOR LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
REMOTES SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS

OPTIONAL EXTRAS SURFACE COATINGS

Enhance your site to suit your needs. A wide range of options are available.

OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, FREESTANDING ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS. OR INTEGRATED.

2:30 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 180 CLASSIC ROOF

scale 1:1

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 169 mm Weight per linear metre - opening system 1.720 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 10.18 kg/sqm Actual blade width 180 mm
Blade centres - opening system 169 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH
32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s
Factored wind speed at building Self wt
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 158 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

180 Classic Opening Roof 4500 3900 3700 3100 2700 2450

INSTALLATION OPTIONS CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES

CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE

OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT PIVOT
Span: C heck engineering span limits LEFT HAND UP
Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 169 Crs 2704
1 blade at 180 (blade size)+ 180
17 blades =2884

STEP 2 RIGHT HAND UP

Blade cover 2884
+2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44
Total exact pivot length =2928
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance

increases over 22mm at ends

Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:31
 OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS 180 CLASSIC ROOF

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180 CLASSIC ROOF

180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF

BLADES OPEN 45°
45 DEGREES

180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF

BLADES CLOSED

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
2:32 ©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.33

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:33
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.34

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:34 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF

260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF

let there be light
If loss of light is an issue when the Opening Roof is closed then the
unique 260 Translucent Opening Roof provides the answer.

This roof now features an all new white in-fill panel of Acrylic Naturelite
Plexiglas ®.

Plexiglas offers natural UV protection throughout the material – it does

not rely on an applied surface coating for UV protection. It is one of the
reasons Plexiglas is used in aircraft cabin windows to protect from strong
UV light and substantial differences in pressure and extreme cold.

This same material is now used on all 260 Translucent Opening Roofs –
high light transmission coupled with naturally UV-stable technology is as
good as it gets.

This style of opening roof now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter
to all four sides as standard.

260
200TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF
SUPER ROOF - HEAVY

OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Remote controlled Wall switches Home Automation Sensors Hand operated

HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARD WALL MOUNTED myLink™ RAIN SENSOR LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
REMOTES SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS

OPTIONAL EXTRAS SURFACE COATINGS

Enhance your site to suit your needs. A wide range of options are available.

OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, FREESTANDING ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS. OR INTEGRATED.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:35
 OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 256 mm Weight per lineal metre - opening system 2.4 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 9.4 kg/sqm Actual blade width 270 mm
Blade centres - opening system 256 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH
32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s
Factored wind speed at building Self wt
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 &-3.39

260 Translucent Opening Roof 4000 3600 3450 3250 3050 2750

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE

OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT PIVOT
Span: Check engineering span limits LEFT HAND UP
Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 256 Crs 4096
1 blade at 270 (blade size)+ 270
17 blades =4366

STEP 2 RIGHT HAND UP

Blade cover 4366

+2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44
Total exact pivot length =4410
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance

increases over 22mm at ends

Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up.

2:36 ©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS 260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF

260 TRANSLUCENT OPENING

ROOF. BLADES OPEN 45°

260 TRANSLUCENT OPENING

ROOF. BLADES CLOSED

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:372:37
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 260 TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL
FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.38

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:38 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 260 TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.39

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:39
 OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF

200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF

designed with economy in mind
Designed with quality and economy in mind the engineered 200mm
blades provide wide spanning capabilities. Using the highest grade
aluminium every aspect is fully engineered and backed by Louvretec’s
product and workmanship warranty and powered by Somfy.

Now comes with a new extruded motor cover and a 185mm

extra wide gutter to all four sides as standard.

200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING ROOF

OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Remote controlled Wall switches Home Automation Sensors Hand operated

HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARD WALL MOUNTED myLink™ RAIN SENSOR LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
REMOTES SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS

OPTIONAL EXTRAS SURFACE COATINGS

Enhance your site to suit your needs. A wide range of options are available.

OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, FREESTANDING ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS. OR INTEGRATED.

2:40 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 188 mm Weight per linear metre - opening system 1.928 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 10.25 kg/sqm Actual blade width 200 mm
Blade centres - opening system 188 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH
32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s
Factored wind speed at building Self wt
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 158 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

200 Suburban Opening Roof 5100 4500 4250 3550 3100 2800

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE

OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT PIVOT
Span: C heck engineering span limits LEFT HAND UP
Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 188 Crs 3008
1 blade at 200 (blade size)+ 200
17 blades =3208

STEP 2 RIGHT HAND UP

Blade cover 3208
+2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44
Total exact pivot length =3252
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance

increases over 22mm at ends

Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:41
 OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF

200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING

ROOF. BLADES OPEN 45°
45 DEGREES

200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING

ROOF. BLADES CLOSED

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
2:42 ©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL
FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.43

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:43
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL
FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.44

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:44 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

PRODUCT OVERVIEW STRUCTURAL FRAME BEAMS AND POSTS

THE LOUVRETEC
STRUCTURAL FRAME
• Louvretec offers a fully engineered structural aluminium frame system
specifically designed for Outdoor Rooms.
• Beams & posts are custom designed to be structurally compliant to the
specific wind zone.
• Louvretec structural frames provide for clean, aesthetically pleasing lines
and with regular cleaning, are virtually maintenance free.
• They are also designed to incorporate wall in-fills such as outdoor
blinds, frameless sliding or slide & turn glass doors as well as a range of
louvre panel infills.

SIMPLY SUPPORTED LENGTH EXTENDED - CONTINUOUS SPAN WIDTH EXTENDED

CANTILEVERED FRAME STEPPED FRAME RAKING FRAME

200 SUPER ROOF 200 SUPER ROOF LITE 200 SUPER ROOF 180 LINEAR 180 CLASSIC 260 TRANSLUCENT 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT
LITE CURVED

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 2:452:45
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS STRUCTURAL FRAME; BEAMS & POSTS

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS SIMPLY SUPPORTED STRUCTURAL FRAME

Aluminium box section beams and posts. Beam and post sizes determined by spans and wind zones.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS CONTINUOUS SPAN - LENGTH EXTENDED

Length of frame is extended with additional mid-post. Allows for a longer Opening Roof.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
7.30
2:46 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.

2:46
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS STRUCTURAL FRAME; BEAMS & POSTS

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS WIDTH EXTENDED

Width of frame is extended with additional mid post. Allows for two Opening Roofs.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS CANTILEVERED STRUCTURAL FRAME

CONFIGURATIONS AVAILABLE
HOUSE HOUSE

LOUVRES LOUVRES

HOUSE HOUSE

LOUVRES LOUVRES

HOUSE HOUSE

LOUVRES LOUVRES

There are a number of cantilever configurations available.

Contact Louvretec for engineering advice.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7.30
2:47

2:47
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS STRUCTURAL FRAME; BEAMS & POSTS

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS STEPPED FRAME

Frame designed to step around the building or fire place. Motor must be located on long side.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS RAKING FRAME

Frame can follow the shape of the deck. Motor must be located on long side.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
7.30
2:48 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.

2:48
 OPENING ROOFS
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

PRODUCT OVERVIEW STRUCTURAL FRAME BEAMS AND POSTS

THE LOUVRETEC
STRUCTURAL FRAME
• The post and beam sizes are calcuated and determined by wind
speeds with loading factors applied to allow for uplift, down pressure
and deflection
• Please refer section 11 - Engineering for full engineering and design data.
• For any queries please contact your nearest Louvretec Dealer.

SINGLE BEAM TWO SINGLE BEAMS, MITRED CORNER DOUBLE BEAM

DOUBLE BEAM WITH SINGLE BEAM TWO DOUBLE BEAMS, MITRED CORNER POST WITH BASE PLATE

150X50X3 2/150X50X3 200X50X3 2/200X50X3 225X50X3 2/225X50X3 250X50X3 2/250X50X3 300X50X3 2/300X50X3 3/300X50X3

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 2:492:49
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS STRUCTURAL FRAME; BEAMS & POSTS

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS BEAM AND POST CONFIGURATIONS

Single Beam Two single Beams Mitred Corner Double Beam

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS BEAM AND POST CONFIGURATIONS

Double Beam with Single Beam Two double Beams Mitred Corner Post with Base Pllate

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
7.30
2:50 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.

2:50
TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME POST FIXING DETAILS

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

ALUMINIUM POST BASE PLATE - DIMENSIONS

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

SECTION - POST TO CONCRETE FOOTING SECTION - POST TO CONCRETE PAD

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.51

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:51
 TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME POST FIXING DETAILS

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION - POST TO CONCRETE FOOTING RECESSED SECTION - POST TO CONCRETE PAD - RECESSED

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

SECTION - POST TO TIMBER DECK SECTION - POST TO TIMBER DECK - RECESSED

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD DATEFROM

MODIFIED
LOUVRETEC
: 01/01/2017
WEBSITES: SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.52
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
www.louvretec.co.nz
DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016
www.louvretec.com.au
2:52 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017. All rights
detailsreserved.
subject to
Technical
change details
withoutsubject
notice.to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS OPENING ROOF GUTTER OUTLETS

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS REAR OUTLET GUTTER IN SOFFIT

Outlet through Fascia

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS GUTTER OUTLETS

1. Rear Outlet through Aluminium beam

2

2. Conventional outlet and downpipe dropper

3. Outlet using post as dropper

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7.30
2:53

2:53
 TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOF GUTTER OUTLETS

SECTION - STANDARD
SECTION THROUGH65MM
SPAN DROPPER IN GUTTER

SECTION - BACK
SECTION OUTLET
THROUGH IN GUTTER
LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.54

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:54 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOF GUTTER OUTLETS

SECTION - ROOF
SECTION SPACE OUTLET
THROUGH SPAN

SECTION - GUTTER
SECTIONOUTLET THROUGH
THROUGH POST
LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.55

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:55
 OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

PRODUCT
PRODUCT
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
CONNECTING
200 SUBURBAN
TO THE
DIRECT
BUILDING
ROOF

CONNECTING TO
THE BUILDING
In most instances, the aluminium structural frame connects either directly
to, or directly alongside the existing building.

There are three typical fixing locations:

1. Fixing above the existing roof

2. Fixing flush with the existing gutter
3. Fixing directly to - or free standing next to the building

1A OVER ROOF - BRACED OR FREE STANDING POST 1B OVER ROOF - RAFTER FIXING BRACKET 2A FLUSH TO GUTTER. BRACKET FIXED TO FASCIA

2A FLUSH TO GUTTER. BRACKET FIXED TO FASCIA 2B FLUSH TO GUTTER. BRACKET FIXED TO SOFFIT

SURFACE COATINGS
A wide range of options are available.

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

2:56 ©Louvretec2017.
©Louvretec 2017All- All Rights
rights Reserved.
reserved. Technical
Technical specifications
details subject without
subject to change to change without notice.
notice.
 OPENING ROOFS
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

PRODUCT OVERVIEW CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

CONNECTING TO THE
BUILDING (CONT)
Location determines which suitable fixing options are available and
are permissible.

Fixing options must take into consideration the structural integrity of the
building - i.e, is there solid fixing available? Also ensuring the watertight
integrity of the building is not compromised.

2C FLUSH TO GUTTER. BRACKET FIXED TO RAFTER 2D FLUSH TO GUTTER. FREE STANDING BRACED POST

3A FIXING DIRECTLY TO BUILDING. WEATHERBOARD ON 3B FREE STANDING. SHEET ON TIMBER FRAME

TIMBER FRAME WITH CAVITY

SURFACE COATINGS
A wide range of options are available.

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 2:572:57
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 1A OPENING ROOF FRAME OVER EXISTING ROOF

Braced or free standing post projects Opening Roof over house roof.
Allows stormwater disposal onto existing roof. It is not flashed between Opening Roof and house roof.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 1B OPENING ROOF FRAME OVER EXISTING ROOF

Fixing bracket connected to rafters and flashed accordingly.

Roof iron or tiles need to be lifted for bracket installation.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
7.30
2:58 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.

2:58
 TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

SECTION 1A - BRACED OR FREE STANDING POST - OPENING ROOF THROUGH

SECTION FRAME OVER ROOF
SPAN

SECTION 1B - ROOF BRACKET - OPENINGSECTION

ROOF FRAME FIXED LOUVRES
THROUGH OVER ROOF

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.59

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:59
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 2A FLUSH TO GUTTER - FASCIA FIXED

Bracket fixed to fascia, box section sits above gutter with cap flashing into gutter.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 2B FLUSH TO GUTTER - SOFFIT FIXED

Bracket fixed to underside of soffit, box section sits above gutter with flashing into gutter.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
7.30
2:60 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.

2:60
 TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

SECTION 2A - FRAME TO FASCIATHROUGH

SECTION - FASCIA BRACKET
SPAN

2.60

SECTION 2B - FRAME TO FASCIA

SECTION - SOFFIT
THROUGH BRACKET
LOUVRES

2.60

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.61

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:61
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 2C FLUSH TO GUTTER - RAFTER FIXED

Bracket fixed to rafter, box section sits above gutter with cap flashing into gutter.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 2D FLUSH TO GUTTER - FREE STANDING

Free standing post supports box section above gutter, with cap flashing into gutter. Use this option when there are no other fixing
points and the house cladding is not suitable for structural fixing. If fixing can be found for the post, this will help stability of frame.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
7.30
2:62 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.

2:62
 TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

SECTION 2C - FLUSH TO GUTTER - TRUSS THROUGH

SECTION OR RAFTERSPAN
FIXING

2.62

SECTION 2D - FRAME TO FASCIA - FREE STANDING

SECTION OR BRACED
THROUGH POST
LOUVRES

2.62

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.63

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:63
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS FIXED TO BUILDING

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 3A FIXED DIRECTLY TO BUILDING

Fixed to weatherboard cladding on timber frame with cavity.

See also option fixed with no cavity and free standing.

SECTION 3A - OPTION WEATHERBOARD ON TIMBER FRAME FREE STANDING

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
7.30
2:64 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.

2:64
OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

SECTION 3A - OPTION WEATHERBOARD ON TIMBER FRAME WITH CAVITY

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION 3A - OPTION WEATHERBOARD ON TIMBER FRAME

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.65

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:65
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS FIXED TO BUILDING

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 3B FIXED DIRECTLY TO BUILDING

Free standing or fixed to sheet on timber frame.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
7.30
2:66 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.

2:66
TYPICAL DETAIL - OPENING ROOF FRAME FIXED TO BUILDING

SECTION 3B - OPTION SHEET ON TIMBER FRAME - FREE STANDING

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION 3B - OPTION SHEET ON TIMBER FRAME

FIXED COVER FLASHING
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.67

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:67
 OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

SECTION - 3B - OPTION SHEET ON TIMBER FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION - BRICK ON TIMBER FRAME

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.68

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:68 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

SECTION - BRICK ON TIMBER FRAME FREE STANDING

FIXED COVER FLASHING SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION - COMPOSITE PANEL ON TIMBER FRAME FREE STANDING

FIXED COVER FLASHING SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.69

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:69
 OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

SECTION - COMPOSITE PANEL ON TIMBER FRAME

SECTION THROUGH SPANFIXED COVER FLASHING

SECTION - POLYSTYRENE ON TIMBER FRAME - FREE STANDING

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES BONDED COVER FLASHING

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.70

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:70 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

SECTION - POLYSTYRENE ON TIMBER FRAME - FIXED TO BULDING

BONDED COVER FLASHING SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION - CONCRETE - FREE STANDING

FIXED COVER FLASHING
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.71

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:71
 OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING

SECTION - CONCRETE WITH CHASE

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION - CONCRETE NO CHASE, FIXED COVER FLASHING

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD DATEFROM

MODIFIED
LOUVRETEC
: 01/01/2017
WEBSITES: SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.72
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
www.louvretec.co.nz
DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016
www.louvretec.com.au
2:72 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017. All rights
detailsreserved.
subject to
Technical
change details
withoutsubject
notice.to change without notice.
 OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME

TECHNICAL DETAILS FIXING TO ALTERNATIVE FRAMES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS OPENING ROOF FIXING TO P.F.C

Inside face must be flush to fit the Opening Roof gutter and pivot system onto.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS OPENING ROOF FIXING TO TIMBER BEAM

To reduce twisting, warping or movement, Glulam Laminated Beams (or similar) are recommended.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7.30
2:73

2:73
 OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - FIXED TO ALTERNATIVE FRAME

SECTION - PFC WITH WELDED STUDS FOR TIMBER INFILL

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION - PFC WITH BOLTED TIMBER INFILL

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.74

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:74 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS - OPENING ROOF FRAME FIXED TO ALTERNATIVE FRAME

SECTION - STEEL RHS

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION - STEEL UNIVERSAL BEAM

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.75

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 2:75
 TYPICAL DETAIL - OPENING ROOF FRAME FIXED TO ALTERNATIVE FRAME

SECTION - CONCRETE BEAM

SECTION THROUGH SPAN

SECTION - TIMBER BEAM

SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 2.76

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2:76 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
NOTES
 louvretec room
5 basic steps
Step 1 Decking 3.07
Step 2 Structural Frame 3.08
Step 3 Opening Roofs 3.09
Step 4 Enclosure options
Wall infill 3.10
Rectangular Louvres 3.11
Outdoor Blinds 3.12
Sunflex Frameless Glass Systems 3.13
Step 5 Finishing touches
Lighting 3.14
Heating 3.15

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 3:01
3:02 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 the louvretec room

Create your new favourite room

& increase your living space

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 3:03
 louvretec room gallery

1 2

1. 2.

3 4

3. 4.

1. super roof lite, plantation shutters and coastal sliders 2. sf20 glass sliding doors

3. suburban direct opening roof with mesh shade blinds 4. louvretec outdoor room creating flow from inside to outside

3:04 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 louvretec room gallery

6 7

5. 6.

8 9

7.
1.
8.

5. 180 linear opening roof over outdoor kitchen & jacuzzi 6. louvretec room creating a seamless transition to outside

7. suburban direct opening roof, hand adjustable 150mm louvre panel & mesh shade blind 8. super roofs and clear pvc blinds

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 3:05
 louvretec room overview

5 basic steps
You choose
The following introduces you to the five basic steps you should consider when designing your Louvretec Room. You might not need
all 5 steps - that’s the beauty of Louvretec’s systems, they’re tailor made to your requirements.

step 1 - decks
You will need a deck.

step 2 - structural frame

Add a structural frame over the deck to support the Opening Roof.

step 3 - opening roof

Choose your Opening Roof from Louvretec’s seven design choices.

step 4 - infill sides

Closing in the sides? There are many infill options available.
Also consider leaving some of the space fully open.

step 5 - finishing touches

Let there be light & heat - add the finishing touches.

3:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 louvretec room step 1 decks

STEP 1 DECKING
Most Louvretec Dealers don’t do decks (so make sure you check this first with your local Louvretec Dealer) - this is the only part of the five
steps not undertaken by Louvretec. You may have an existing deck, or the deck may be part of your new home build.

Decks are typically timber or composite such as eco-deck or concrete with tiled finish. Deck construction is critical as it forms the
foundation to support your Louvretec Room structure. For decks under construction, discuss layout and fixing options with Louvretec.

timber decking
Make sure your deck complies with council
requirements. On existing decks additional structural
support may be required. Posts can sit outside of deck
or within deck structure with decking cut around post.
If the structural posts are fitting directly to the deck
ensure there is adequate solid timber fixing at post
connection points. Alternatively extend the posts to
ground level and fix to a suitably engineered concrete
pad.

POSTS SITTING DIRECTLY POSTS PROJECTED THROUGH

ON TO DECK DECK ON TO CONCRETE PAD

concrete
A typical 100mm concreted reinforced patio requires a
concrete foundation under the post fixing points. Tiles
or decorative surfaces can be laid to cover the base
plate.

FIXING TO CONCRETE

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 3:07
 louvretec room STEP 2 STRUCTURAL FRAMES

STEP 2 STRUCTURAL FRAMES

Louvretec Structural Frames are fully engineered and provide for aesthetically pleasing lines. Unaffected by weather, with regular
cleaning they are virtually maintenance free. Beams & posts are custom designed to be structurally compliant to the wind zone specific
to each project undertaken. They are also designed to incorporate wall infills such as outdoor blinds, frameless glass Sliding or Slide &
Turn doors as well as a range of louvre shutters or louvre panel infills.

new structures
Louvretec Aluminium Frames & Posts

Aluminium frames and posts are an ideal framework for your Louvretec
Room. Consider possible wall infill options as these can determine
frame design, post size and location, as well as the method of storm
water run-off and electrical wiring requirements.

Choice of colour is also an important consideration at this point. The

beams and posts can be powder coated to match existing fascia or
house colours. In many instances the Opening Roof may be a different
colour – generally Opening Roofs tend to suit lighter colours.

new structures
Wooden Frames & Posts

Discuss design options with Louvretec to ensure the opening roof

and infill panels are an optimum fit within the opening. Louvretec
recommends the use of Glulam structural timber that will withstand the
elements. Ensure correct timber is used that will withstand the elements
and not be subject to warping, expanding or contracting.

existing structures

Sometimes existing structures, such as a well-made pergola can be

modified to take an Opening Roof. Some modifications can work well,
or it may be best to start again – discuss options with your Louvretec
Dealer.

3:08 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 louvretec room step 3 OPENING ROOF

STEP 3 OPENING ROOF

Choosing the best system for your situation is made easy with Louvretec’s
range of seven Opening Roofs, as shown below.

A visit to your nearest Louvretec showroom is strongly recommended – see

the actual range of options available before deciding.

Blade choice also depends on optimum spans required and relevant wind
zones. Bigger spans and higher wind speeds require heavy duty blades – all
available as part of the new Louvretec product range.

opening roof options

200 super roof 200 super roof lite 200 super roof lite curved

180 linear 180 classic 260 translucent

200 SUBURBAN DIRECT

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 3:09
 louvretec room STEP 4 ENCLOSING YOUR ROOM

STEP 4 ENCLOSURE OPTIONS

wall infill options

There is a range of Louvretec wall infill options available.

Airfoil Sun Louvres range: Sliding, bifolding, plantation shutters, adjustable

panels

Rectangular Sun Louvres range: Sliding, bifolding, plantation shutters,

adjustable panels

Outdoor Blinds: Mesh, clear PVC

Frameless Glass Doors: Sliding, Slide & Turn

AIRFOIL SUN LOUVRES

Choose the style of louvre blade. Louvretec offers a range of different
Airfoil Sun Louvres ranging in size from 70mm to 200mm.
Louvre Panels: Fixed, hand adjustable, motorised

Louvre Doors: Sliding, bifolding, hinged

Louvre Windows: Sliding, bifolding, hinged plantation shutters

airfoil sun louvre options

70 MINI 90 MIDI 150 MIDI AIRFOIL

120 AIRFOIL 180 AIRFOIL 200 MAXI

3:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 louvretec room step 4 ENCLOSING YOUR ROOM

STEP 4 ENCLOSURE OPTIONS

rectangular sun louvres

Choose the style of louvre blade. Louvretec offers a range of different

Rectangular Sun Louvres ranging in size from 95mm to 200mm.

Louvre Panels: Fixed, hand adjustable, motorised

Louvre Doors: Sliding, bifolding, hinged

Louvre Windows: Sliding, bifolding, hinged plantation shutters

rectangular sun louvre options

95 bella vista 95 bella vista heavy 120 flush 200 flush

125 weatherboard 180 weatherboard 135mm HI SPAN 165mm HI SPAN

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 3:11
 louvretec room STEP 4 ENCLOSING YOUR ROOM

STEP 4 ENCLOSURE OPTIONS

outdoor blinds
Outdoor Blinds vary according to the wind zone and climatic conditions the blind will operate in. The majority of Louvretec Outdoor Blinds
are between 2.2m - 2.8m high and span between 2.0m - 5.0m wide. Outdoor Blinds can be motorised, spring assisted push/pull or with an
easy use crank driven gearbox.

Clear PVC Outdoor Blinds

Clear PVC blinds have two advantages over Mesh blinds. One
they can be clearly seen through, if this is a requirement and
two, they provide better protection from driving wind and
rain. Due to the fact Clear PVC is subject to expansion in heat
and contraction in cold, it does not perform as well or carry
the same warranties as Mesh.

Mesh Outdoor Blinds

There is a wide range of coloured mesh cloth available. Mesh

comes in varying degrees of openness, choose depending on
the degree of shelter, privacy and protection required. Mesh
has better warranties than Clear PVC and is more stable and
better performing when used in Outdoor Blinds.

3:12 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 louvretec room step 4 ENCLOSING YOUR ROOM

STEP 4 ENCLOSURE OPTIONS

sunflex - ALL-GLASS SLIDING OR slide & TURN DOORS AND WINDOWS
Louvretec is pleased to introduce Sunflex all glass Sliding and Slide & Turn doors and windows. European designed, these unique
all-glass Frameless Panels create a perfect, fully adjustable wall infill for The Louvretec Room. All panels are glazed with 10mm
toughened safety glass.

ALL-GLASS FRAMELESS slide & TURN SYSTEM

SF25

Enjoy complete versatility with this Slide & Turn

system. Each panel is individually movable, enabling
the entire frontage to be parked as a narrow
stack on the side. This gives a totally impediment
free opening with clear passage from the inside to
outside. The opened panels require very little space.

All-Glass Frameless Sliding System

SF20

The frameless design of this sliding system ensures

optimum visual transparency at all times to your
Louvretec Room. On opening or closing the first
panel, the other panels are opened or closed by
an interlocking follower. Ball bearing bottom rolling
carriages ensure smooth running of the panels.
Internal or external locking of the sliding panels
(optional).

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 3:13
 louvretec room STEP 5 finishing touches

STEP 5 finishing touches - lighting

let there be light
Further enhance your Louvretec Room with Lighting including Strip lights, Downlights and Projector Lights.

DI MONTAGGIO
NSTRUCTIONS
A comprehensive new range of lighting options developed specifically
for The Louvretec Room.

Using Italian designed Teleco/Inlumina products Louvretec can now

offer lighting solutions that greatly extend the time spent in your
covered outdoor entertaining and living space.

Alim. Note
4 simple lighting options
W 24Vdc

ormative europee
Incasso / Interni
th European 1. louvretec led blade lighting
Recessed / Indoorunder blades or frame

Incasso / Esterni
Recessed / Outdoor

2. LOUVRETEC strip gutter lighting to inside face of gutter

o su superfici
li Prodotto compatibile con funzione dimmer
normally Dimmer function compatible product

È vietato lo smaltimento come rifiuto

uzzi d’acqua
urbano
3. LOUVRETEC downlights in conduit under frame
otected
It is forbidden getting rid of as urban waste.

4. lOUVRETEC projector lights fixed externally to louvretec frame

3:14 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 louvretec room step 5 finishing touches

PLATINUM
SMART-HEAT™ ELECTRIC

FEATURES:

STEP 5 FINISHING TOUCHES - heating

• Efficient & Powerful Infrared Heating Technology

create a cozy
• High haven
Quality Stainless Steel Construction
The perfect synergy of modern design and outstanding heating performance.
• Minimal Light Emission

• Heat Zones — one or more heaters can be switched

on and off simultaneously from a single remote-
located
Strong, efficient switch
infrared heat combined with an ulra-thin and stylish
design -the new Platinum Smart-Heat® Electric complements the
• Can be integrated into smart control systems
atmosphere of your Louvretec Room.

• IPX5 water protection rating

• Suitable for outdoor and indoor heating applications

– both commercial and residential
New and innovative radiant outdoor heating technology has been
• Standard
developed by Bromic Mounting
resulting in bracket included
an electric withboasts
heater that heater.
optimal
heat output in a high end minimalist frame.
• Optional Mounting Accessories:
• Ceiling Recess ( flush )
177mm

838mm
54mm

PLATINUM
WALL MOUNTING CEILING MOUNTING

SMART-HEAT™ ELECTRIC CEILING CEILING

215
250

Heat Output (Watts) 2200W

250

Power connection required

220-240V - a.c. - 50/60Hz / 9.3 Amps
(Volts/Amps)
2615
2400

Dimensions (WxHxDmm) 838 x 177 x 54 mm

2400
1800

Weight (kg) 7.5kg

Finish brushed stainless steel AISI 304

Approval CE
FLOOR FLOOR

BROMICHEATING.COM
HEAD OFFICE: 1 Suttor Street, Silverwater, Sydney NSW 2128 Australia HEAD OFFICE POSTAL: PO Box 6062, Silverwater, Sydney NSW 1811 Australia
T: 1300 276 642 (within Australia) or +61 2 9748 3900 (from overseas) F: +61 2 9748 4289 E: [email protected] W: www.bromicheating.com

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 3:15
 frameless glass sliding systems
frameless glass sliding systems
SF20 All Glass Sliding System 4.06 - 4.08
SF25 All Glass Slide & Turn System 4.09 - 4.11

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 4:01
4:02 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUNFLEX
FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDING SYSTEMS

Expand your horizons.

High quality all glass Sliding and Slide & Turn systems.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 4:03
 sunflex frameless glass walls gallery

1. 2.

3. 4.

1. sf20 glass sliding doors opened 2. sf20 glass sliding doors 3. sf25 glass slide & Turn doors OPENING & STACKED 4. sf20 glass sliding doors stacked open

4:04 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sunflex frameless glass walls gallery

5. 6.

7. 8.

5. sf20 glass sliding doors closed 6. sf20 glass sliding doors in a commercial space 7. sf25 glass slide & turn doors opened and stacked

8. sf20 glass sliding doors opening

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 4:05
 sunflex frameless glass sliding systems overview

Technical details SF20 GLASS SLIDING DOORS

SUNFLEX SF20 GLASS

SLIDING DOORS
all glass sliding system
Louvretec is pleased to introduce SUNFLEX Glass Sliding doors to the
Australian and New Zealand market. Designed in Germany, SUNFLEX all-glass
systems are market leaders in both sliding and slide and turn technology.

Enhance, protect and enjoy your outdoor spaces without compromising your
view. multiple panel all glass sliding doors

SUNFLEX’s all-glass sliding system the SF20 is designed specifically for closing in
outdoor spaces. Ideal as wall infills for Louvretec Rooms, or simply for closing
off any outdoor deck space.

SF20 Glass Sliding Doors are an excellent option for internal movable walls or
office partitions.

On opening and closing the first sliding panel, the other panels are
automatically opened and closed by interlocking followers.

The bottom rolling floor mounted installation means wide openings can be
achieved without additional roof support. Ball bearing mounted carriages
ensure the optimum and smooth running of the panels.
all glass sliding doors, opening roofs over pool

end detail all glass sliding doors

4:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 Systeminformation
Systeminformation
Systeminformation
Systeminformation

sunflex frameless glass sliding systems system information

system information Sunflex sf20 glass sliding doors

sUNFLEX SF20 GLASS SLIDING DOORS

system information
The following is a summary of information on the SF20 Glass Sliding Doors.

sf20
- Floor mounted sliding system
- Sliding to the left or right as desired
- 15mm panel construction depth
- With 1 - 5 track slide and guide rail
- Follower function for sliding panel means system is
easy to use
g system floor-mounted sliding system internal or external locking of the sliding-orpanels
internal Floor
externalrail can beofintegrated
(optional)
locking the slidinginto panelsthe(optional)
floor to provide
floor-mounted
ight as desired floor-mountedfloor-mounted
sliding system
sliding
sliding to the left or right as desired sliding
system system internal internal
unpressurised drainage and easyunpressurisedor internal
external
anor external
lockingor
unobstructed
cleaning duedrainageto optimum external
of
locking
the
andlength locking
sliding
of
living the of
space.
easy cleaning the
panels
sliding sliding
(optional)
panels
of rails due to optimum panels (optional)
(optional)length of rails
sliding to
sliding
the sliding
leftto or
theright
ction depth15 mm panel construction depth to
left the
as
or left
desired
right orasright
desiredas desired unpressurised
glazing with toughened safety glass unpressurised
unpressurised
drainage
- Internal
glazing with tougheneddrainage
and drainage
easy
or external and locking of the sliding panelsoptimum
cleaning
safety glasseasyand easy
cleaning
due tocleaning
optimum
due to due to
optimum
length of rails length
length
of rails of rails
5- or 15 mm
6-track
with panel
15
slide
1-,mm and 15
2-, mm4-,
construction
panel
guide
3-, panel
construction
rail5- construction
depth
or depth
6-track depth
slide and guide rail glazing with
glazing glazing
toughened
with
internal
or(optional)
internal with
toughened
orofexternal toughened
safety glass
safety
locking safety
glass
ofpanels
the glass
floor-mounted floor-mounted
floor-mounted sliding system
sliding
floor-mounted sliding
system system
sliding system panel structure of 8 or 10internal
mm panel structure
or external
internal locking
external 8 or
or of10the
locking
external mm sliding
oflocking
the of sliding
sliding panels
the(optional)
panels
sliding (optional)
(optional)
panels (optional)
sliding with
panel1-,means
with
follower2-, 3-,1-, with 4-,1-,
2-,the
5-
3-,left 2-,
or4-, 3-,
6-track
5- 4-,
or 5- means
slide orand
6-track 6-track
slide
guide slide
and isand
railguideeasyrail guide
to userail panel structure of 8andor 10 mm
sliding to tofunction
thesliding
sliding left system
the
sliding lefttoisfor
ortoright as
or easy
thesliding
or to
desired
right
left use
right
as
or panel
as desired
desired
right system
as desired powder panel
coating (RAL) or Eloxal structure
panel
(EURAS)
powder
unpressurised structure
of 8 drainage
coating
drainage
unpressurised or
-unpressurised
Unpressurised
unpressurised 10
(RAL)
andofdrainage
mm
8oror 10
Eloxal
easyand
drainage mm
drainage
(EURAS)
cleaning
easy and and
easy
due
cleaning
easytoeasy
duecleaning
cleaning
optimumdue
cleaning to due
optimum
length
to optimum
due torails
of length
length
to optimum of rails
oflength
rails of rails
follower
ip coating follower
function follower
function
for sliding function
for panel formeans
sliding sliding
panel panel
system
meansanismeans
system
easy tosystem
isthe
use is
toeasy
easyfloor use to use an
15 mmcan floor
15 be
panel
mmrail
15integrated
with
mm15 mm anti-slip
panel
construction
panel into the
coating
floor
construction
construction
panel depth depth
construction to
can provide
be
depth integrated
depth into to provide powder
glazing powder
withcoating
glazing
glazing powder
with(RAL)
coating
with
optimum
toughened
glazing coating
orsafety
(RAL)
Eloxal
toughened
toughened
with length or
glass(RAL)
(EURAS)
Eloxal
safety
toughened orsafety
ofsafety
rails
glassEloxal
(EURAS) (EURAS)
glassglass
pacewith floorunobstructed
railfloor
withrail floor
anti-slip
with railanti-slip
with
coating anti-slip
can
coatingbe coating
integratedcan
can beslide be integrated
integrated
into the into tointo
floorrail
the thetofloor
provide
floor an to provide
provide an an
1-,with2-,with
3-,with
1-, 4-,living
1-,
2-, 2-,
5- or
3-,
1-, 3-,
4-,
2-,space4-,or4-,
6-track
5-
3-, 5- or
5-6-track
slide
6-track and guide
or slide andslide
6-track and
rail
guide guide
and railguide rail panelpanel
panel structure -of 8structure
structure orstructure
Glazing
panel 10 8mm
of with of
or 810oformm
810
toughened ormm10 mm 10mm safety glass
unobstructedunobstructed unobstructed
living space
living living space
space
followerfollower follower
function for function
function
follower sliding function for sliding
for panel
sliding means
forpanel panel
sliding system
means means
panel issystem
easy
meanssystem
to use
issystem
easy is easy
toisuse to use
easy to use powderpowder powder
coating (RAL)
-coating
powder coating
or(RAL)
PowdercoatedEloxal
coating(RAL) or Eloxal
or(EURAS)
Eloxal
(RAL)
finish (EURAS)
or(EURAS)
Eloxal (EURAS)
floor rail with anti-slip coating canintegrated
beintointegrated floorinto the floor anto provide an an
es floor railfloor
Kinds with
ofanti-slip
rail with
handles
floor rail coating
anti-slip
with can be
coating
anti-slip integrated
can be
coating can bethe into
integrated theto into
provide
floor to provide
the floor to an
provide
Kinds Kinds
unobstructed Kinds
of unobstructed
handles
living
unobstructed of space ofliving
handles
living
unobstructed handles
space space
living space

13 24 3 5 4 6 6 5
ofKinds
Kinds1Kinds of
handles handles
of handles
1Kinds
12 of handles
2 23 3 34 4 4 5
Plastic6knob, Ø6 50 mm
6
5 1
5
1 Plastic knob, Ø 50 mm

2 Stainless steel knob, Ø 501 mm Plastic 1 knob,

2 Stainless Plastic
Plastic1Østeel
knob,
50 mm Øknob,
knob, 50Ømm Ø 50
50 mmmm
1 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 34 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 Recessed
3
6 choice
stainless
6 6 steel of handles
2 Stainless
6 mould, ØRecessed
3 2 Stainless
steel2 Stainless steel knob, Ø 50 mm
knob,steelØ knob,
50
80 mm stainless steel mould, mm Ø 50 mm Ø 80 mm
3 Recessed 3 Recessed 3 Recessed stainless steel mould, Ø 80 mm
4 Acryl glass handle, 70 x 15 x 10
4 Acryl
mm
1 Plastic1 knob,
stainless
glass
1 Plastic
stainless
steel
handle,
knob, mould,
Ø70
50steel
x 15
mm Ømould,
80
xmm10mm mmØ 80 mm
1 Plastic knob, 5 50mmPlastic Ø 50
1knob, mm
Plastic Ø 50
knob,mm Ø 50
4 Acryl glass handle, 70 x 15 x 10 mm
interior 5 Stainless steel handle with 4 Acryl
lock glass
4 Acryl
2 Stainless
handle,
glass
steel handle,
70 x
handle 15 70
x
with10
x 15
mm
lock x 10 mm
2 Stainless
2 Stainless steel knob, steel
2
Stainless
Stainless 50mm steelØsteel
2knob,
Stainless 50steel
knob, knob,
mm 50Ømm
Ø knob, 50Ømm50 mm
interior interiorinterior 6 Stainless steel handle with 5 Stainless
lock 5 Stainless
6 Stainless steel5 Stainless steel handle with lock
handle
steel steel with
handle
handle lock
with with
lock lock
3 Recessed 3 Recessed
stainless
3 Recessed 3 Recessed stainless
steel
stainless steelsteel
mould, Ø 80
mould,
stainless mould,
mm
steel 80Ømm
Ømould,80Ømm
80 mm
and strike box3 Recessed 6stainless
Stainless6 steel
4 and
steel6mould,
Stainless
strike Stainless
handle
box  80mm
steel
steelhandle,
with
handle handle
lockwith with lock
lock
4 Acryl glassAcryl Acryl
4handle,
glass glass
4 Acryl 70glass
handle, x70
x 15handle,
x 10
70 mm
15 x70
x15
10xx1510xmm
mm 10 mm
interior
interior / exterior
interior
interior interior interior
interior/ exterior
/ exterior interior / exterior 4 Acryl glass handle,
and5 strike 70
and 15and
x5 strike
box
5 Stainless
x boxstrike box
10mm
5 Stainless steel
Stainless steelsteel
handle
Stainless with
handlehandle
lock
steel with
handlewith locklock
lockwith
interior /
interior interior
exterior / / exterior interior /interior
exterior interior
exterior/ / exterior5 Stainless6steel
exterior handle with
Stainlesslock
exterior StainlessStainless
6 steel
6 steelsteel
6handle
Stainless with
handlehandle
lock
steel with
handlewith locklock
lockwith
exterior exteriorexterior 6 Stainless steel handle
and strikeandbox withand
and
strike lock
strike & strike
box
boxstrike box box
interior
interior interior
/ exterior / exterior
/interior
exterior interior
/ exterior interior interior
/ exterior / exterior
/interior
exterior/ exterior
Handling
Handling
Handling
exterior Handling
exterior
exterior exterior
operation
Handling
Handling
Handling
Handling

ening panel
Unlock and slide the opening Easypanel
displacement of the elements
Easybydisplacement Large opening
integrated of the elements area with openedLarge
by integrated elements
opening area with opened elements
Unlock and
Unlock Unlock
slide
and andthe
theslide
openingslide the opening
opening
panel panel panel
followers Easy followers
displacementEasyofdisplacement
Easy displacement
the elements ofbythe
of the elementselements
integrated by integrated
by integrated Large opening Largewith
Large opening
area opening
area areaopened
opened
with with opened
elements elements
elements
followers
followersfollowers 3 3
3 3 3
Unlock and Unlock
slide
Unlock theand
and
Unlock slide
opening
slide
and the opening
panel
theslide
opening panelpanel
the opening panel Easy Easy
Easy displacement displacement ofelements
ofdisplacement
Easy the elements
displacement of the the
byelements
of integrated
the by integrated
by integrated
elements by integrated LargeLarge
Large opening opening
area
openingwith
Large area
opened
area
opening with opened
elements
witharea
opened
with elements
elements
opened elements
followers followers
followers followers
3 3 3 3
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 4:07
 Guías inferiores sobrepuesta y embutida
La guía embutible cumple según normativas para el paso de los
mínusvalidos y también se puede poner perfiles adicionales que
forman una rampa para evitar accidents y poner el uso más comfor-
table todavía.
typical detail : sf 20 all glass sliding system

section

3/16“
(4.5 mm)

Drainage and cleaning Height adjustment

A sloping base construction and optimally shortened rail lengths permit To compensate structural variations the integrated rollers can be
adjusted in height up to 3/16“ (4.5 mm).
paso por delante ...
unpressurised drainage and simple cleaning of the floor rail. The
anti-slip inserts ensure the floor rail surface is safe to walk on.
Ajuste de alturas
Drenaje y limpieza Para compensar tolerancias de construcción es posible ajustar la
Drenaje sin presión y limpieza sencilla de las vías inferiores gracias al altura de los rodillos una vez montados hasta 4,5 mm.
montaje inferior oblicuo y a la óptima reducción de la longitud de las
bridas de deslizamiento. El recubrimiento antideslizante permite pisar
la vía inferior sin peligro.
5/8“ (15 mm)
Always one step ahead ... l Siempre un paso por delante ...
details

Height compensation
The ceiling rail adjusts to height differences up to 5/8“ (15 mm). 5/8“ (15 mm)

Compensación de alturas
La vía superior admite tolerancias de hasta 15 mm.

Raised sill and flush sill

Sealing Height frame
Vertical compensation
The ADA compliant
Maximum low profile
transparency, can be
permanent deliveredand
ventilation withprotection
ramp profiles The ceiling
Vertical railprofiles
frame adjustswith
to height
brushdifferences up tooptimum
gaskets ensure 5/8“ (15resistance
mm).
(low profile
against raised
driving rain sill) to prevent
are ensured byany injuries
1“ (25 mm)oroverlapping
with the height
panels against high driving rain and winds.
compensating
when closed. wing profiles (low profile flush sill). Compensación de alturas
Marco
La vía vertical
superior admite tolerancias de hasta 15 mm.
Impermeabilidad
Guías inferiores sobrepuesta y embutida Mayor resistencia al viento y a la lluvia torrencial mediante los
Máxima transparencia,
La guía mechanism
Locking embutible cumple aireación
según permanente y rechazo
normativas para de de
el paso la lluvia
los perfiles de marco verticales opcionales con burlete de cepillo.
Ease of operation
frontal gracias ya también
mínusvalidos un recubrimiento
se puede de 25 mm
poner de los
perfiles paneles cuando
adicionales que
Optionally an insert handle, a lock and a locking mechanism can be
están
forman una rampa para evitar accidents 3/16“
cerrados. y poner el uso más comfor- Hidden rollers utilizing ball-bearings with noise-inhibiting contact
fitted to the panel internally and externally.
(4.5 mm) surfaces provide for smooth and effortless movement of the sliding
table todavía.
panels.
Bloqueo
Con carácter opcional se puede instalar un tirador de concha, una Ligereza
cerradura y un bloqueo de los paneles interior y exterior. Deslizamiento ligero de los paneles gracias a los rodillos ocultos y a
las superficies
Locking amortiguadoras del ruido.
mechanism Ea
Optionally an insert handle, a lock and a locking mechanism can be Hid
Height adjustment 3/16“
fitted to the panel internally and externally. su
To compensate structural variations the integrated rollers can be (4.5 mm) pa
Bloqueo
adjusted in height up to 3/16“ (4.5 mm).
Con carácter opcional se puede instalar un tirador de concha, una Lig
Ajuste de alturas 1
cerradura 2 interior y exterior.
y un bloqueo de los paneles De
Para compensar tolerancias de construcción es posible ajustar la las
altura de los rodillos una vez montados hasta 4,5 mm.

Drainage and cleaning Height adjustment

A sloping base construction and optimally shortened rail lengths permit 3
To compensate 4 rollers can be
structural variations the integrated
unpressurised drainage and simple cleaning of the floor rail. The adjusted in height up to 3/16“ (4.5 mm).
anti-slip inserts ensure the floor rail surface is safe to walk on.
Ajuste de alturas
Locking
Drenajemechanism
y limpieza Ease
Paraofcompensar
operationtolerancias de construcción es posible ajustar la
Optionally
Drenaje sinanpresión
insert handle, a lock
y limpieza and adelocking
sencilla las víasmechanism can be al
inferiores gracias altura de
Hidden los rodillos
rollers utilizinguna vez montados
ball-bearings withhasta 4,5 mm. contact
noise-inhibiting
Convenience
fitted to the
montaje paneloblicuo
inferior internally
y aand externally.
la óptima reducción de la longitud de las Kinds ofprovide
surfaces handlesfor smooth and effortless movement of the sliding
Opening
bridas deand closing of panels
deslizamiento. is made easyantideslizante
El recubrimiento due to integrated catchers
permite pisar 1 PVC knob, Ø 2“ (50 mm)
panels. 2 Stainless steel knob, Ø 2“ (50 mm)

Bloqueo
allowing each sin
la vía inferior contiguous
peligro. panel to follow the main panel. 3 Recessed stainless steel mould, Ø 3 5/32“ (80 mm)

Con carácter opcional se puede instalar un tirador de concha, una Ligereza

4 Stainless
DATE MODIFIED steel C-Pull handle 12“ (3001:5mm)
: 01/01/2017 SCALE: @ A4 FILE: 4.08
Confort y un bloqueo de los paneles interior y exterior.
cerradura www.louvretec.co.nz
Deslizamiento ligero de los paneleswww.louvretec.com.au
gracias a los rodillos ocultos y a
4:08 Al abrir y cerrar la puerta corrediza, el siguiente panel se abre o cierra Tipos
las de manijas
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
superficies amortiguadoras del ruido.
1 Pomo PVC, Ø 50mm 2 Pomo inox, Ø 50mm
también gracias al sistema de arrastre incorporado.
3 Pomo Redondo de badsén inox empotrado en el cristal, Ø 80 mm
Convenience Kin
4
 sunflex frameless glass sliding systems overview

Technical details SF25 GLASS SLIDING DOORS

SUNFLEX SF25 GLASS

SLIDE & TURN DOORS
all glass slide and turn system
Louvretec is pleased to introduce SUNFLEX Glass Slide & Turn doors to the
Australian and New Zealand market. Designed in Germany, SUNFLEX all-glass
systems are market leaders in both sliding and slide and turn technology.

Enhance, protect and enjoy your outdoor spaces without compromising your
view.

SUNFLEX’s all-glass Slide & Turn SF25 system enhances the look and function
of any outdoor area.

When opened enjoy wide open spaces, with the stacked panels providing an
attractive contrast between glass and wall.

The individually movable, unconnected glass panels can be opened over the
entire frontage and parked as a narrow stack on the side.

An impediment-free passage from inside to outside is ensured and visual

appearance is not impaired.

The opened panels require very little space.

multiple panels sf25 glass slide & TUrn doors sliding & stacked

slide & turn doors and sliding all-glass windows

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 4:09
 sunflex frameless glass sliding systems system information

system information sunflex sF25 GLASS slide & turn doors

SUNFLEX SF25 glass slide & turn doors

system information
The following is a summary of information on the SF25 Glass Slide & Turn Doors.

sf25
- Low wear and maintenance free fittings
- Different bottom tracks
- Pressure-free drainage of bottom track by inclined floor construction
- Catch channel at the inside of the bottom track to drain condensation and
cleaning waters
low-wearlow-wear
and maintenance-free
- Toplow-wear
and
hung fittings with
maintenance-free
and maintenance-free
construction fittings fittings
a choice of flush or weather-proof bottom
different bottom
differenttracks
different
bottom tracks
bottom tracks
track options
pressure-free drainage
pressure-free of bottomdrainage
pressure-free
drainage oftrack by of
bottom inclined
track
bottom byfloor
trackconstruction
inclined by floor
inclined
construction
floor construction
- Horizontal running mechanism with triple stainless steel ball bearings and
catch channel
catchatchannel
the inside
catch at of the
channel
the atbottom
inside the thetrack
of inside oftothe
bottom drain
track condensation
bottom to drain
track condensation
to drain condensation
and cleaning carbon fibre reinforced polyamide wheels
and waters
cleaning
and cleaning
waters waters
top-hungtop-hung - Inwards
construction with
top-hung oraconstruction
construction outwards
choice opening
withofa flushwithorof
choice of the orofpanels
aweather-proof
choice
flush flush bottom
weather-proof
or weather-proof
bottom bottom
track options - Choice
track options of panel partition and sliding direction
track options
horizontalhorizontal
running mechanism
- Height
horizontal
running with triple
compensation
mechanism
running ofstainless
mechanism
with uptriple
towithsteel
22mm ball
stainless
triple bearings
(+-11mm)
stainless
steel and
ballsteel
bearings
ball bearings
and and
carbon fibre-reinforced
Double polyamide
carbon- fibre-reinforced
carbon brush seal wheels
fibre-reinforced
polyamide
withpolyamide
wheelsbridge
plastic wheels at top and bottom of the glass panels
inwards orinwards
outwards or
- Airborneopening
inwards
outwards or ofopening
theinsulation
outwards
sound panels
of
opening
the uppanels
oftotheRwpanels
34dB according to DIN EN IS0140-3
choice of panel
choice-partition
ofGlass
choice and
panelthickness sliding
partition
of panel direction
of 8 sliding
partition
and and and direction
10mm sliding directionon requirements
depending
height compensation of up
height compensation
height to 22 of mm
compensationup to(+-11
22
of up
mm mm)
to(+-11
22 mm mm) (+-11 mm)
double brush sealbrush
double with
double plastic
sealbrush
withbridge
seal at top
plastic
with bridgeandatbottom
plastic bridge
top and ofbottom
at the and
top glass panels
ofbottom
the glass
of the
panels
glass panels
airborne sound insulation
airborne airborne up
sound insulation to Rw 34
sound insulation dB
up to Rwupaccording
34todBRw to DIN
according EN ISO
34 dB according 140-3
to DIN ENtoISODIN140-3
EN ISO 140-3
glass thickness of 8glass
and thickness
glass thickness 10
of 8mm anddepending
of
108mm onmm
anddepending
10 staticdepending
requirements
on static requirements
on static requirements
screwed glazing
screwedforglazing
effortless
screwed for futurefor
glazing
effortlessreplacement
effortless of glass
future replacement
future replacement
of glass of glass

Handling
Handling
Handling
operation

Simple opening
Simpleby operation
opening
Simple by of a turn
opening
operation knob
by operation
of a turn of
knob Easy sliding
a turn knob and
Easy turning
sliding
Easyandofturning
the and
sliding individual
ofturningelements
the individual
of the individual Large opening
elementselements Largespace when
opening
Large elements
space
opening
when arewhen
space opened
elementselements
are opened
are ope

6 6 6

4:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 Details
typical detail : sf25 glass slide & turn system

section

Details Details
Details Details
Details

97±11mm
Height compensation Top track with vertical fl
height compensation profile allows a height height compensation
adjustment of up to 22 mm

Height compensation Height Height

compensation HeightHeight
compensation Topcompensation
track with vertical flange
compensation Top trackTopwith
trackvertical Top
flange
with vertical Top
track track
flange withwith
Top track
with vertical
vertical flange flangeTopflange
horizontal track
Topwith Topfla
trackhorizontal
with horizon tr
height compensation profile allows
height a height
compensation
height profile
compensation height
allows acompensation
height
heightprofile
compensation
height
allows profileprofile
compensation
a height allows
profile
allows height a height
with
a height vertical
compensation
height flange height
heightprofile
profile
compensation compensation
height
compensation
with vertical
with compensation
profile
flange
vertical profile
flange withwith
withprofile vertical
vertical
height flange flange
horizontal
compensation
height hei
profi
compensatio
adjustment of up to 22 mm
adjustment of up toof22
adjustment to 22adjustment
upadjustment
mm mm of up to of 22
up mm
to 22 mm flange flange flange fla
screw cap with cover clipscrew cap with
screw capcover scre
withclip
cove

nsation Top vertical

Top track with track with vertical flange
flange Top horizontal
Top track with track with flange
horizontal flange
pensation profile
rofile allows allows a height height compensation
a height height compensation
profile withprofile
verticalwith vertical flange
flange height compensation
height compensation profile withprofile with horizontal
horizontal details
of
mm up to 22 mm flange flange
screw
screw cap with cap clip
cover with cover clip

nge Top track with horizontal flange Handle Glass

rofile with vertical flange height compensation profile with horizontal Turn knob (SF25, SF30) srewed glazing, glass
flange possible
screw cap with cover clip

Handle HandleHandle Handle Glass

Handle Glass Glass Glass GlassBendings Bendings Bendings Bendi
Turn knob (SF25, SF30) Turn knob
- latest design Turn(SF25, (SF25,Turn
knob SF30) Turn srewed
knob
SF30) glazing,
knob -(SF25,
(SF25, SF30) glass thickness
SF30)
original design 6, 8 or 10
srewedsrewed
glazing, mmthickness
glass
glazing, srewed
glass srewed
8 orglazing,
6, corner
glazing,
thickness 10
6, angle
glass
8mm glass
10 mmthickness
continuously
orthickness 6,10
:6, 8corner8 angle
or
mm10 continuously
oradjustable
corner mm
for cor
angle contin
possible possiblepossible possible
possible upper rail and height compensation
upper rail
upper profile
and height
rail upp
comp
and heigh

Glass Glass Bendings Bendings

SF25, SF30) srewed
srewed glazing, glazing,
glass glass6,thickness
thickness 6, 8 or 10 mm corner anglecorner
8 or 10 mm angle continuously
continuously adjustable for
adjustable for
possible possible upper
upper rail and rail and
height height compensation
compensation profile profile

Bendings Carriage system Covering flap

hickness 6, 8 or 10 mm corner angle continuously adjustable for completetly stainless steel carriage system carriage recess with c
upper rail and height compensation profile

Carriage system systemsystem Carriage

CarriageCarriage Carriage
system system
Covering flap Covering flap flap Covering
Covering Covering
Panelflap
flap guidance Panel guidance Panel
Panel guidance
completetly stainless steel carriage
completetly system
stainless
completetly steel
stainless completetly
completetly
carriage
steel carriage
system
carriage stainless
recess
stainless
system steelcovering
steelwith
carriagecarriage
system
carriagesystem
flaprecess with
carriage recesscovering
with carriage
carriage
flap recess
covering recess
optimal
flap withguidance
withpanel covering
covering flap opening
when
flap optimal and guida
panel guidance
optimal panel opt
wh
closing closingclosing clos

m Covering flap
Covering flap Panel guidance
Panel guidance
stainless
eel steel
carriage carriage system
system carriage
carriage recess with recess with
covering flapcovering flap optimal
optimal panel panelwhen
guidance guidance when
opening andopening and
closing closing
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 4.11
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 4:11

Panel guidance
ering flap optimal panel guidance when opening and
 RETRACT SYSTEMS
retractable opening roof
and sun louvres
220 Retract Opening Roof 5.10 - 5.14
220 Retract Sun Louvres 5.16 - 5.20
louvretec convertible rooms
Convertible roofs and walls 5.21 - 5.24
retractable external venetian
blinds
External Venetian Blinds Overview 5.25 - 5.31
outdoor retractable mesh
and pvc blinds
Mesh and Clear PVC blinds 5.32 - 5.38
Maintenance information 5.39
Warranty information 5.40

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:01
5:02 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 RETRACTABLE SYSTEMS

RETRACT SYSTEMS

Enjoy weather protection and the

flexibility to retract away when desired

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:03
 RETRACT SYSTEMS GALLERY

1.

3.

2. 4.

1. RETRACTABLE OPENING ROOF 2. RETRACTABLE SUN LOUVRES 3. RETRACTABLE FABRIC ROOF 4. OUTDOOR RETRACTABLE CLEAR PVC BLINDS

5:04 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 RETRACT SYSTEMS GALLERY

RETRACT SYSTEMS
5.

7.

6. 8.

5. RETRACTABLE EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS CLOSED 6. RETRACTABLE EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OPEN 7. OUTDOOR RETRACTABLE MESH BLINDS

8.. OUTDOOR RETRACTABLE PVC BLINDS

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:05
 RETRACT SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

RETRACT SYSTEMS
options at a glance

why retract?

There is an ever increasing range of outdoor sun control products that have the added feature of retracting when not in use. In many
ways these provide the best of both worlds. Functional when needed, retracted or out of sight when not in use.

The options are many and varied and cover a wide range of products and end user applications.

In this section Louvretec is pleased to present for your consideration it’s ever increasing range of such systems.

1. retractable opening roof and sun louvres

Working in conjunction with Advanced Design Innovations (ADI)

Louvretec installed our first Retractable Opening Roofs in Sydney in 2012

There has been considerable ongoing development of this product since

this time – a new generation Retractable Opening Roof will be unveiled
in our Auckland Outdoor Center in 2017, contact Louvretec for updated
information and technical details.

This system is also being adapted to be used with our 200 Maxi-Louvre in
a vertical panel sun louvre configuration.

2. louvretec convertible rooms

With the touch of a button your covered outdoor
entertaining space becomes your fully outdoor
entertaining space, or vice versa.

Create your Louvretec convertible room with a

retractable roof and retractable clear pvc or mesh
shade blinds, or frameless glass sliding or tilt and turn
systems.

5:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 RETRACT SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

RETRACT SYSTEMS
options at a glance

3. louvretec retractable external

venetian blinds
Retractable external venetian blinds are one of
the most effective solutions for reducing energy
consumption, regulating internal temperature, and
controlling privacy and sunlight.

Enjoy the great benefits of external shading.

4. louvretec outdoor mesh and

pvc blinds
Louvretec offers a range of both Mesh & Clear PVC
Outdoor Blinds. These can be motorised, geared
driven or manually raised, and are available in a wide
selection of powdercoat and fabric colours.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:07
 RETRACT OPENING ROOFS GALLERY

blades closed

blades open

blades retracting.....

1. RETRACTABLE OPENING ROOF 2. RETRACTABLE SUN LOUVRES 3. GIBUS MED FABRIC RETRACTABLE ROOF

5:08 x :x ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 RETRACT OPENING ROOFS GALLERY

blades retracting...

blades retracting...

blades retracted

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:09
 RETRACT OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 220 RETRACT OPENING ROOF

220 RETRACT
OPENING ROOF
engineered retractable opening roof
The all-new 220 Retract Opening Roof has been carefully engineered to
incorporate a number of unique features:

• Designed to be manufactured in module sizes of up to 5800mm long,

the heavy duty 220mm blade spans from 5000mm in low wind zones
down to 4000mm in extra high.
1. FRAME FOUR SIDES
• These unique and stylish louvres can be stacked to 28% of their
opening space, then can be fully extended and then closed to form
a sealable roof.
•The louvres are rotated to 90 degrees for retracting and stacking,
however can be extended fully open through to 135° to ensure
the full benefits of an operable system.
• As the louvre blades all retract to one end the 220 Retract is available
in two distinct configurations:

1. Frame four sides - with louvres stacking against house, or design

permitting, under the soffit.
2. Frame three sides – allowing clear, open spaces when the louvres are
in retract position. Side pivot frame requires either steel posts for
2. FRAME THREE SIDES - NO FRONT BEAM REQUIRED

2. FRAME THREE SIDES - NO FRONT BEAM REQUIRED

OPERATING YOUR RETRACT OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Wall switches

WALL SWITCH

OPTIONAL EXTRAS SURFACE COATINGS

Enhance your site to suit your needs. A wide range of options are available.

OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, FREESTANDING ANODISED POWDERCOATED

BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS. OR INTEGRATED.

5:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 RETRACT OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 220 RETRACT OPENING ROOF

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 205 mm Weight per linear metre - opening system 3.041 kg/lm
Weight per sqm - opening system 14.83 kg/sqm Actual blade width 218 mm
Blade centres - opening system 205 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH
32 m/s 37m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
Factored wind speed at building Self wt
115 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
133 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +1.1 & -1.38 +1.48 & -1.85 +2.09 & -2.61 +2.70 & -3.38 +3.27 & -4.08

220 Retract Opening Roof 5600 5000 4900 4500 4300 4000

STRUCTURAL FRAME SPECIFICATIONS

• Structural 131mm x 260mm frame will free span

5000 mm in an extra high wind zone.

Modified frame to be introduced later in 2017.

Refer to Louvretec for details.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:11
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 220 RETRACT OPENING ROOF - FOUR SIDED FRAME DETAILS

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 5.12

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
5:12 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 RETRACT OPENING ROOFS 3D MODELS

TECHNICAL DETAILS RETRACTABLE 220 OPENING ROOF

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODEL 220 RETRACT OPENING ROOF - FOUR SIDED STRUCTURAL FRAME

Four sided frame, blades fully extended in operating position

Four sided frame, blades fully retracted

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec
©Louvretec 2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved.
Technical specificationsTechnical details
subject to changesubject to change
without notice.without notice. 5:135.13
 RETRACT OPENING ROOFS 3D MODELS

TECHNICAL DETAILS RETRACTABLE 220 OPENING ROOF

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODEL 220 OPENING ROOF SYSTEM - THREE SIDED STRUCTURAL FRAME

Three sided frame, blades fully extended in operating position

Three sided frame, blades fully retracted, no front beam required

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
5:14
5.14 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 RETRACT SUN LOUVRES GALLERY

2.

1.

3. 4.

1. RETRACT SUN LOUVRES RETRACTING 2. RETRACT SUN LOUVRES CLOSED 3. RETRACT SUN LOUVRES FULLYCLOSED 4. RETRACT SUN LOUVRES FULLY OPEN

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:15
 RETRACT SUN LOUVRES OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRES

200 RETRACT
SUN LOUVRES
sun control with a view
Introducing the all-new 200 Retract Sun Louvre system – the ultimate
way to control heat and glare without detracting from your view.

• The Retract Sun Louvre system can operate both as a vertical façade
or as an overhead louvre panel.
•The system includes an in-built obstacle detection system that will
1. FRAME THREE SIDES, BLADES FULLY EXTENDED
stop the louvre panel retracting or the louvre blade from pivoting if an
obstacle gets in the way.
• The louvres are rotated to 90 degrees for retracting and stacking,
however can be extended fully open through to 135 degrees to
ensure the full benefits of an operable system.
• When stacked, the louvre blades retract within 28% of their opening
space.
• As the louvre blades all retract to one end the 200 Retract Sun Louvre
system can be supplied in two distinct configurations:

1. Frame four sides – with louvres stacking at one end of frame.

2. Frame three sides – allowing one end to be completely clear when the
louvres are fully retracted. This applies for vertical facades and 2. FRAME THREE SIDES, BLADES FULLY RETRACTED
overhead panels.

OPERATING YOUR RETRACT SUN LOUVRE SYSTEM - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Wall switches

WALL SWITCH

OPTIONAL EXTRAS SURFACE COATINGS

Enhance your site to suit your needs. A wide range of options are available.

OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, FREESTANDING ANODISED POWDERCOATED

BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS. OR INTEGRATED.

5:16 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 RETRACT SUN LOUVRES SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRE

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 188 mm Weight per lineal metre - opening system 2.75 kg/lm
Weight per sqm - opening system 14.63 kg/sqm Actual blade width 200 mm
Blade centres - opening system 188 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH
32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s
Factored wind speed at building Self wt
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +1.1 & -1.38 +1.48 & -1.85 +2.09 & -2.61 +2.70 & -3.38 +3.27 & -4.08
200 Retract Sun Louvre 3700 3700 3550 2950 2600 2350
300 Retract Sun Louvre 4800 4800 4800 4200 3700 3350

STRUCTURAL FRAME SPECIFICATIONS

• Structural 131 mm x 260 mm frame will free

span 5000 mm in an extra high wind zone.

Modified frame to be introduced later in 2017.

Refer to Louvretec for details.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:17
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRE - BLADE ROTATION AND RETRACTION

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 5.18

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
5:18 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 RETRACT SUN LOUVRES 3D MODELS

PRODUCT DETAILS 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODEL 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRE SYSTEM - VERTICAL PANEL

Three sided frame, blades fully extended.

Three sided frame, blades fully retracted.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec
©Louvretec 2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved.
Technical specificationsTechnical details
subject to changesubject to change
without notice.without notice. 5:195:19
 RETRACT SUN LOUVRES 3D MODELS

PRODUCT DETAILS 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRE

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODEL 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRE SYSTEM - OVERHEAD PANELS

Three sided frame, overhead panel, blades fully extended in operating position.

Three sided frame, overhead panel, blades fully retracted.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
5:20 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS: ROOF OPTIONS

LOUVRETEC
CONVERTIBLE ROOMS

ROOF CLOSED

why should cars have all the fun?

Introducing Louvretec’s fully convertible outdoor room - with

the touch of a button your covered outdoor entertaining space
becomes your fully outdoor entertaining space, or vice versa. We
have taken the great Australian and NZ architectural tradition of
“everything has a flow to the outside” to another level. Louvretec
has combined the latest European retractable fabric roofs with
retractable mesh or PVC exterior walls to create what may well be
ROOF RETRACTING
“the most used room in the house”.

* At the time of going to print, Louvretec was still developing the

ROOF RETRACTED
complete convertible rooms package. Please contact your nearest
Louvretec dealer for current product information and details.

x :x
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:21
 LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS: ROOF OPTIONS

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

5400
3400

Louvretec’s new retractable fabric roofs are an all-in-one

solution for real outdoor living. This stylish design, when
extended, offers protection from rain, heat and sun/UV rays.

When retracted – out of sight, out of mind…

KEY POINTS:
2700

• Provides UV, heat and weather protection.

• Waterproof PVC fabric, available in a wide range of colours.

• Flexibility of design – simply add another module.

• Install into existing structures or custom designed spaces.

• Architectural design and finishing – unobtrusive fixings to 300

0
the wall or ceilings and ground.

• Design includes integrated gutter and downpipes – gutter

is incorporated within the front rail and retracts with the RETRACTABLE FABRIC ROOF - SINGLE MODULE

roof leaving clear open spaces with no front beam required.

• When fully retracted the fabric is protected by a rigid cover.

00
• Tested to withstand winds that exert a maximum pressure 34

of 110Nm or similar to a persistent wind speed of 49km/hr.

• Powder coat finishes available for aluminum frame, support

bars and front rail.

• Motorised (240v tubular motor) with remote control.

2700

• Optional sun/wind sensors & LED lighting.

• 5 years manufacturer’s warranty.

300
0

310
0

RETRACTABLE FABRIC ROOF - DOUBLE MODULE

5:22 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW RETRACTABLE CONVERTIBLE ROOMS: ROOF AND WALL OPTIONS

LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR
BLINDS

retractable mesh and PVC outdoor blinds

Louvretec Outdoor Blinds are the perfect wall infill option to
compliment a Convertible Room. They offer privacy and protection
from sun, wind, rain and insects all year round, disappearing into a
stylish head box when fully retracted.

Mesh or clear PVC? There is the choice - both offering different

ROOF AND CLEAR PVC BLIND CLOSED
features and benefits.

mesh outdoor blinds

There is a wide range of coloured mesh available. Mesh comes in
varying degrees of openness, choose depending on the degree of
shelter, privacy and protection you require.

Mesh has better warranties than clear PVC, and is more stable and
better performing when used in outdoor blinds.

clear PVC outdoor blinds

Clear PVC does however have two advantages over mesh blinds.
One - they can be clearly seen through if this is a requirement.
Two - they provide better protection from driving wind and rain.
ROOF AND CLEAR PVC BLIND RETRACTING
Due to the fact clear PVC is subject to expansion in heat and
contraction in cold, it does not perform as well or carry the same
warranties as mesh.

*For details on Louvretec Outdoor Blinds refer section 5:32-5:40

ROOF AND CLEAR PVC BLIND RETRACTED

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:23
 LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW RETRACTABLE CONVERTIBLE ROOMS ROOF AND WALL OPTIONS

SUNFLEX FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDING SYSTEMS

ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDING DOORS CLOSED ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDE AND TURN DOORS CLOSED

ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDING DOORS HALF OPEN ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDE AND TURN DOORS HALF OPEN

ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDING DOORS FULLY OPEN ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDE AND TURN DOORS FULLY OPEN

For details on sunflex frameless glass sliding systems refer section 4:01 - 4:11

5:24 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS GALLERY

LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS ABOVE AND BELOW A LOUVRETEC OPENING ROOF

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:25
 LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS

LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL
VENETIAN BLINDS
versatile and attractive sun protection systems
Louvretec External Venetians are a perfect sustainable design option for
today’s architecture.

As a flexible and highly efficient sun and sight screen solution, they
ensure optimum indoor climate control and comfort.

Heat or cold need to be locked out – external venetians can reduce

the energy requirements by up to 50%, providing protection and
comfort all year round.

external venetian shading will:

• Reduce solar glare and transmission.

• Markedly reduce heat gain through glazing.

• Provide shading and cooling in warmer months.

• Allow for passive solar gain by the sun in winter.

• Reduce household energy consumption and costs.

• Enhance comfort and well-being living and working inside.

modern design
Streamlined and functional, Louvretec External Venetians efficiently
shade large expanses of glass while creating a striking façade.

The aluminum slats of the blinds can be tilted to varying angles or

retracted by remote control.

Ideal when you need to control the natural light or glare and still
maintain exterior views.

Louvretec offers a range of styles and finishes, all able to be retracted

and concealed when not in use.

European component technology, coupled with a range of sun and wind

sensors for optimal control ensures high performance shading solutions
custom made to suit your requirements.

5:26 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS

operation
Generally Louvretec External Venetians are lowered in the vertical closed
(0 degrees) position and raised in the horizontal position (90 degrees).
The slats can be tilted or rotated at various angles to suit, within a
maximum 180 degrees operating range.

In summer blades can be adjusted incrementally to control solar glare and

heat gain whilst still allowing natural summer light.

During winter available light and sun can be directed into the building to
increase passive heat gain while minimizing glare.

When not in use the blinds can be retracted and concealed in a pelmet
or recess.

benefits
The slats are aluminum, which provides high solar radiation reflection and
low absorption and transmission values, therefore effectively reducing:

• Household energy requirements.

• CO2 and greenhouse gas emissions.
• Expenditure.

These systems maximize internal light and thermal comfort levels whilst
allowing external views to be maintained.

slats
The rolled edged slats for Louvretec External Venetians are manufactured
from aluminum providing strength and flexibility. They are roll formed and
machined and are scratch, shock and corrosion resistant.

Available in a range of standard colours – please enquire.

tilting and lifting devices

• Bearings are located within the head rail, enabling the slats to alter angle
direction smoothly and efficiently.
• The slat is either rested or fastened to a ladder braid, with an
TYPICAL DETAIL - RETRACTABLE EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLIND anti-friction UV stable lift tape utilized to raise and lower the
slat bundle.

specifications
Min width 500mm
Max width 4000mm
Max Height 4600mm
Max Area 11.5 m

customisations
Available only as motorised with a choice of handheld remote control
options. Optional extras include wind/sun sensors and other systems.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:27
 LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW PROFILES, SIDE CHANNELS AND PELMETS

PROFILES, SIDE CHANNELS AND PELMETS

- Extruded aluminium.
- Available in a range of finishes and colours.
- Can be installed into a recess during construction or retro fitted onto an existing facade.

TYPICAL WIRE GUIDED OPTION

There are two basic wire guide fixing options;

wire guide with face fix or wire guide with
deck fix.

EV80 WIRE GUIDE WITH

FACE FIX

- 3.2mm stainless steel cable.

- UV protected coating.
- Surface mounted deck pates and
wire tensioner.

EV80 WIRE GUIDE WITH

DECK FIX

- 3.2mm stainless steel cable.

- UV protected coating.
- Face fix application.
- Angle bracket and wire tensioner.
- 50mm - 128mm projection.

5:28 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW PROFILES, SIDE CHANNELS AND PELMETS

TYPICAL SIDE CHANNEL GUIDED OPTION

There are two basic channel guided options: side channel face fixed or side fixed.

2.3 EV80 Side Channel Type A -Double and Single

Typical Fixing EV80 SIDE CHANNEL TYPE A

DOUBLE AND SINGLE

- Face fix application.

- Telescopic brackets.
- 75mm - 165mm projection.
- Engineered keder inserts.
5 mm min

Double Connection Single

Stand off brackets available

range from 75mm to 165mm.

2.4 EV80 Side Channel Type B - Recess fit application

EV80 SIDE CHANNEL TYPE B

- Side fix application.

- Minimal fixing requirements.
- Assits installation to foam or light-
5 mm min

weight construction.
- Engineered keder inserts.

75 mm min

Typical Fixing
2.5 EV80 Side Channel Type C - Extended side channel

EV80 SIDE CHANNEL TYPE C

EXTENDED SIDE CHANNEL

- Face fix application.

- Heavy duty channel for enhanced wind
stability.
- Minimal fixing requirements.
- Assists installation to foam or light-
Typical Fixing
Side channel with extension weight construction.
- Appealing integrated aesthetic.
- Engineered keder inserts.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:29
 LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW PROFILES, SIDE CHANNELS AND PELMETS / SLAT COLOURS

TYPICAL SIDE CHANNEL GUIDED OPTION (continued)

2.6 EV80 Side Channel Type D Face or recess fix

EV80 SIDE CHANNEL TYPE D

FACE OR RECEESS FIX

- Side fix and double channel application.

- Removable side panel for concealment of
fixings.
- Enhanced wind stabililty. Double connection Single

- Minimal fixing requirements. Side channel in extension with removable cover

Typical Fixing
- Assists installation to foam or lightweight
construction. Used back to back for double connection

- Appealing integrated aesthetic.

SLAT COLOURS
External venetian blinds are manufactured from roll formed aluminium and are available in a range of hard wearing standard colours.
They are scratch, shock and corrosion resistant, chemically pre-treated and stove enameled.
The colours shown are as accurately presented as possible, but are best used as a guide only.
Actual colour swatches are available and persual is recommended prior to making final colour selection.

5:30 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW CONTROL SYSTEMS

SOMFY SOMFY MODVAR

As shown throughout this Design Manual, Somfy’s unique The revolutionary scroll wheel allows for precise adjustment
and stylish range provides users with the ultimate control of venetian blind slats – perfect for managing the level of heat
convenience – all at the touch of a button. and light in the room. Either in 1 or 5 channel and in a broad
range of colours.

WIRED TECHNOLOGY
Ideal when simple wall switch operation is required, or when The MY function first lowers then tilts the blinds to a preset
connecting to a home or building automation system. Wired blade angle of 45° for optimal sun protection.
technology can be upgraded to RTS by replacing the wired
controls with a Centralis Uno RTS with inbuilt radio receiver.

RTS TECHNOLOGY OUTDOOR RADIO

RECEIVER
Radio Technology Somfy (RTS) offer a range of wireless
remote control systems with ranges of 200m in open spaces
or up to 20m through two reinforced concrete walls. Somfy For connection of a wired motor to a remote control
control systems are compatible with all home and building handset with scroll functionality. Wireless integration with
automation systems. RTS Sensors.

myLINK SOLIRIS
myLink is plugged directly into a wall socket and via WIFI The Soliris sun and wind sensor is available in a wired
allows for remote control commands from a smart phone or technology or an RTS radio solution. This sensor provides a
tablet. smart functionality of the external blind without any need for
your intervention.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:31
 LOUVRETEC MESH AND CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS GALLERY

LOUVRETEC CLEAR PVC BLINDS BELOW A LOUVRETEC OPENING ROOF

5:32 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC MESH AND CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC MESH AND CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS

LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR
BLINDS OVERVIEW
retractable mesh and PVC outdoor blinds
Louvretec Outdoor Blinds are specifically designed for alfresco areas and
offer privacy and protection from the sun, wind, rain and insects all year
round.

Our Outdoor Blinds are in most instances supplied to close off open wall
areas underneath a Louvretec Opening Roof.

They can be used as an option along with Frameless Glass Sliding Doors,
Frameless Glass Tilt & Turn Doors, or Louvered Doors or Panels to create
The Louvretec Room – year round usable outdoor space.

types of outdoor blinds

Louvretec Outdoor Blinds incorporate “zip-sides” fitting within a side
channel and bottom rail as standard. This provides for better weather
proofing and is commonly used in Louvretec outdoor rooms.

Options are available using a wire side guide, or a non-zip side channel
– discuss what is best suited for your application with your
Louvretec Dealer.

MESH or Clear PVC? There is the choice of Mesh or PVC skins, both
with differing features and benefits.

mesh outdoor blinds

There is a wide range of coloured mesh available. Mesh comes in varying
degrees of openness, choose depending on the degree of shelter, privacy
and protection required.

Mesh has better warranties than Clear PVC and is more stable and better
performing when used in outdoor blinds.

clear PVC outdoor blinds

Clear PVC does however have two advantages over mesh blinds.
One, they can be clearly seen through if this is a requirement.
Two, they provide better protection from driving wind and rain.
Due to the fact Clear PVC is subject to expansion in heat and
contraction in cold, it does not perform as well or carry the same
warranties as mesh.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:33
 LOUVRETEC MESH OUTDOOR BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC MESH OUTDOOR BLINDS

LOUVRETEC MESH
OUTDOOR BLINDS
external screening options
There is a wide range of mesh fabrics and colours available.

Mesh fabrics vary with the percentage of openness and are best selected
according to desired levels of privacy and wind protection.

All Louvretec Outdoor Blinds carry a one year workmanship and product
warranty, excluding the skins.

Mesh blind skins are in most instances covered by a 5 year manufacturer’s

warranty.

Contact your Louvretec Dealer for warranty details and colour range.

A full range of powdercoat colours is available for frames and headbox.

Head boxes or pelmets are an optional choice with mesh blinds.

Refer General Information and Maintenance on pages 5.39-40.

MESH SHADE BLIND

OPERATING YOUR LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Remote controlled Wall switches Home Automation

HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARD WALL MOUNTED myLINK™

REMOTES SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS

HAND OPERATED SURFACE COATINGS

Hand crank Spring assist A wide range of options are available.

GEARED HAND CRANK PULL DOWN, PUSH UP

EASY OPTION BETTER SUITED TO SMALLER
BLINDS

5:34 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC CLEAR PVC BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC CLEAR PVC BLINDS

LOUVRETEC CLEAR PVC

OUTDOOR BLINDS
external screening options
When PVC is required, Clear PVC is fitted in most instances.

PVC is also available with a range of solid non-see through colours.

All Louvretec Outdoor Blinds carry a one year workmanship and product
warranty, excluding the skins.

Due to the unstable nature of PVC there is no manufacturers warranty

available for the PVC skin itself.

Contact your Louvretec Dealer for warranty details and further

information and options with PVC.

A full range of powdercoat colours are available for frames and headbox.

Headboxes are optional - they are not supplied with PVC blinds due to
the potential when retracted on hot days, for the PVC to heat up causing
bunching and wrinkling around the axle.

Refer General Information and Maintenance on pages 5.39-40.

*Note at time of going to press Louvretec is developing a ‘half-head box’
CLEAR PVC BLIND option suitable for PVC blinds. Contact your Louvretec Dealer for details.

OPERATING YOUR LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details.

Remote controlled Wall switches Home Automation

HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED STANDARD WALL MOUNTED myLINK™

REMOTES SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS

HAND OPERATED SURFACE COATINGS

Hand crank Spring assist A wide range of options are available.

GEARED HAND CRANK PULL DOWN, PUSH UP

EASY OPTION BETTER SUITED TO SMALLER
BLINDS

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:35
 TYPICAL DETAIL : LOUVRETEC MESH OR CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS

Index Outdoor blinds size

1. Rear headbox
guidelines
2. Front headbox Mesh
3. End caps Width up to 5m - max. area 10m2
4. Axle tube Height up to 4m - Max area 10m2
5. Axle tube reducer PVC
6. Outer side channel Width up to 3m - max. area 9m2
7. Zip inner rail Height up to 3m - Max area 9m2
8. Zip on blind skin
9. Bottom spline Headbox
10. Bottom rail Sizes vary from 110m to 130m square
11. Motor option
12. Crank gear control option
13. Spring assist

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 5.36

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
5:36 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS GALLERY

LOUVRETEC CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS WITH A LOUVRETEC OPENING ROOF

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:37
 TYPICAL DETAIL : OFFSET DETAILS FOR HEADBOX END PLATE CLEARANCES / DOWNPIPE IN CORNER
CLEARANCES

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 5.38

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
5:38 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS GENERAL AND MAINTENANCE

CARE & MAINTENANCE

In order to prolong the life of your Louvretec Outdoor Blind and provide
ongoing optimum performance, we recommend the following:

• Regular cleaning (at least every 3 months)

• Just like your car, Louvretec Outdoor Blinds do require regular cleaning.
• Ensure surfaces are free from dirt, dust and grime.
• Clean Louvretec blind with a soft brush.
CLEANING AND LUBRICATING WITH SILICONE SPRAY
• Run a soft brush alongside channel to prevent dirt and dust build up
• Clean the blind and aluminium with a soft cloth and warm soapy water,
or a small amount of detergent if required.
• Lightly rinse, do not use a high pressure hose, or bore water to clean
the blind.
• For the Louvretec Ziptrack system, in dusty or seafront locations it is
recommended once a year to add lubricant to assist the ongoing
smooth operating of the blind. This MUST BE a silicone spray, such as
food grade Helmar H4000 or CRC808. To apply the lubricant, lower
your blind all the way down, and apply the silicone spray to the front
of the blind in the groove between the spline and the track. After
application, open and close the blind several times to help evenly
NEVER RETRACT BLIND UP WHEN WET distribute the silicone.

care of your blind

• Once a week fully extend your blind to even out the fabric and let it
breathe. Leave it down all day to let it retain its shape.
• Regularly operate your blind – at least once a week
• Sagging as a result of the blinds own weight will occur. This is not a fault
in the system and is unavoidable.
• Minor variances will occur with your blind, such as the bottom bar
hanging down slightly more or less from one side. This is normal.

common characteristics
ALLOW THE BLIND TO DRY BEFORE ROLLING UP
• Depending on fabric selection, when the Louvretec blind is initially
pulled down some ripples may be evident.
• The ripples will lessen over time as the weight of the blind will stretch
the fabric slightly,
• When a motorised blind is operated some “jolting” may be evident, this
occurrence does not damage the blind.
•Depending on the blind width, the mesh or PVC often require joining
seams. These may run either vertically or horizontally and may have
two or three joins in one blind.

RETRACT BLIND UP IN WINDY CONDITIONS

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 5:39
 LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS GENERAL AND MAINTENANCE

treat with care

• Avoid using abrasive cleaning agents such as Ajax, jif or steel wool in
any circumstances.

• Ensure the blind is fully up when you are away from your home or
in extreme weather conditions.

• Avoid rolling up when wet – moisture within the roll may cause
mould and mildew. Always allow to dry before retracting.

• If the blind is jamming, please treat with care. Forcing may result ALWAYS OPERATE THE BLIND FROM THE CENTRE
in further damage such as the zip being forced out of the side
channel or the fabric ripping. Contact your supplier for guidelines
of how to fix it.

• Spring controlled Louvretec blinds should only be operated from

the middle – always use the weight bar or handle and pull from the
centre.

NEVER OPERATE FROM EITHER END

WARRANTY DETAILS
All outdoor blinds installed by Louvretec, or an Authorised Louvretec
installer are from date of invoice, fully warranted for the first year. Mesh
blind skins are also covered by a five year manufacturers warranty.

Due to the unstable nature of PVC, there is no manufacturer’s warranty

available on the PVC skin itself.
MESH SHADE BLIND SHOWING MINOR SURFACE DIFFERENCES

This warranty covers workmanship, and all componentry, motors,

switches and electronics with all labour costs included. In addition, from
year two to end of year five, a warranty replacement of parts only
applies for all motors, switches and electronics. Labour costs excluded
(excludes any wiring and electrical connections done by others).

Spare parts and repairs are available from your Louvretec Dealership.
Only Louvretec approved spare parts are to be used.

PVC BLINDS SHOWING SLIGHT CRUMPLING

5:40 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 NOTES

FILE: 2.24 SCALE : 1:5 @ A4 DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2016 ©Copyright 2016 All rights reserved.
Louvretec NZ Ltd www.louvretec.co.nz Louvretec Aust. Pty. www.louvretec.com.au Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres overview
overview
at a glance
Sun Louvres overview 6.06
Spans at a glance 6.07 - 6.09
Drive systems 6.10 - 6.14
End fixed 6.15 - 6.17
Bracket fixed 6.18 - 6.21

airfoil sun louvres REFER SECTION 7

rectangular sun louvres refer section 8

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:01
6:02 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun
sunlouvres
louvres
overview
overview

Choose from Airfoil or Rectangular shaped sun louvre systems.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:03
 sun louvres gallery

1. 2.

3. 4.

1. 90mm midi louvres 2. 120mm airfoil louvres 3. 120mm flush rectangular louvres 4. 200 maxi louvres

6:04 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres gallery

5. 6.

St Mary's College Arts Block. Main Contractor, Amstar Construction Ltd

8. 7. 8.

5. 180mm weatherboard rectangular louvres 6. 120mm airfoil louvres 7. 150mm midi louvres 8. 600mm maxi louvres bracket fixed

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:05
 sun louvres overview

sun louvres OVERVIEW

airfoil & rectangular sun louvre systems
Louvretec offers a comprehensive range of Airfoil and Rectangular sun
louvres. There is a wide variety of louvre shapes, with choices including
motorisation, hand operable, end fixed or bracket fixed.

Louvretec’s systems allow for a high degree of customisation - each

project can be tailor made to perfectly match designer and end user
requirements.

finding the right system

Firstly consider what shape of blade you would like to use - Airfoil or
Rectangular?
To assist choice - this section of the catalogue (Sun Louvre Systems) is
broken down into Airfoil & Rectangular categories.

size of blade
What size of blade is best suited for your application? Consider design,
form and desired achievable spans.
Span is largely determined by blade size - the bigger the blade, the
longer the span.
To assist with blade selection refer to the Product Range Overview &
Spans at a Glance charts as follows:
For Sun Louvres - Airfoil refer to Section 7 page 7.
For Sun Louvres - Rectangular refer to Section 8 pages 7 and 8.

residential or commercial
All Louvretec Sun Louvre Systems are suitable for residential or
commercial use.
Traditionally smaller Airfoil and Rectangular louvres are used on
residential/domestic applications as often as motorised or hand-
operable units.
Louvretec’s larger spanning Maxi Louvres and the new
Ultra 50 Rectangular louvres are engineered to meet the most
demanding commercial requirements.
As with all architecture, options are important, as is choice.
Louvretec Sun Louvre Systems offer a range of options and elegant
designs all fully engineered and certified for residential and
commercial usage.

vent louvres
Louvretec has a range of screening and ventilation grills and louvres
available. Please refer to Section 10 Custom Made pages 23-26 for
more information regarding vent louvres.

6:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 airfoil sun louvres spans at a glance

MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. EXTRA HIGH WIND EX LOW WIND SPEED
refer to section 11 engineering reports for full details on blade spans. SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S 115KM/H 32M/S

airfoil sun louvres

9 different STYLES maximum spans operable

EX
1300mm

70 mini louvre 1900mm

EX
1400mm

90 midi louvre 2000mm

EX
1900mm

150 midi louvre 2750mm

EX
EX
1600mm

120 airfoil louvre 2300mm

EX
2050mm

180 airfoil louvre 2950mm

EX
2350mm

200 maxi louvre 3700mm

EX
3350mm

300 maxi louvre 4800mm

EX
3700mm

600 maxi louvre 5800mm

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:07
 RECTANGULAR SUN LOUVRES SPANS AT A GLANCE
rectangular sun louvres spans at a glance

MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. EXTRA HIGH WIND EX LOW WIND SPEED
REFER TO SECTION 11 ENGINEERING REPORTS FOR FULL DETAILS ON BLADE SPANS. SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S 115KM/H 32M/S
MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. EXTRA HIGH WIND EX LOW WIND SPEED
refer to section xx engineering reports for full details on blade spans. SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S 115KM/H 32M/S

RECTANGULAR SUN LOUVRES

9 DIFFERENT STYLES MAXIMUM SPANS OPERABLE

EX
1750MM

120 FLUSH PANEL 2500MM

EX
2250MM

200 FLUSH PANEL 3350MM

EX
1750MM

125 WEATHERBOARD 2500MM

EX
2100MM

180 WEATHERBOARD 3050MM

EX
2050MM

4400MM
3050MM
150 HELENA BAY

EX
1450MM

2100MM
95 BELLA VISTA

EX
1900MM

2800MM
95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY

EX
3600MM

4400MM
3600MM
135 HI SPAN

EX
3500MM
3900MM

4500MM
3900MM
165 HI SPAN

6:08 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 RECTANGULAR SUN LOUVRES SPANS AT A GLANCE
ultra 50 rectangular sun louvres spans at a glance

MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. EXTRA HIGH WIND EX LOW WIND SPEED
REFER TO SECTION 11 ENGINEERING REPORTS FOR FULL DETAILS ON BLADE SPANS. SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S 115KM/H 32M/S
MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. EXTRA HIGH WIND EX LOW WIND SPEED
refer to section 11 engineering reports for full details on blade spans. SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S 115KM/H 32M/S

RECTANGULAR LOUVRES
ultra 50 rectangular sun louvres
6 DIFFERENT STYLES MAXIMUM SPANS OPERABLE
6
9 different STYLES maximum spans operable
EX
4050MM

RL 300 SQUARE 5800MM

EX
4050MM

5800MM
RL 450 SQUARE

EX
4050MM

RL 600 SQUARE 5800MM

EX
4050MM

RL 300 MITRE 5800MM

EX
4050MM

RL 450 MITRE 5800MM

EX
4050MM

RL 600 MITRE 5800MM

8:08 ©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:09
 sun louvres drive systems

drive systems
spiral pivot system - three variants
Hidden away the Spiral Pivot system is the very heart of Louvretec’s operating system. Linked to a custom made gear box and driven
by Somfy - the world’s leading tubular motor manufacturer.

1. Downunder or outback
spiral pivot
Designed specifically for Louvretec’s new generation
louvres, not only is the pivot operating system hidden
from sight, so too is the motor and gearbox providing
the cleanest look imaginable.

overhead panel - downunder vertical panel - downunder/outback

2. motor over, front or back

spiral pivot
This tried and true system has been well proven over
many years and offers a wide range of installation
options.

overhead panel - motor over vertical panel - motor front

3. hand operated spiral pivot

Using a custom engineered gearbox with a stainless
steel crank handle all Louvretec sun louvres are
available as hand operable in lieu of motorised.

The louvres can be operated with ease with the

handle being detachable for storage when not in use.

overhead panel - hand operable vertical panel - hand operable

6:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres drive systems

drive systems
super elam street structural frame with sub-frame & elam street structural frame
Louvretec now has two structural sub-frames for operable Spiral Pivot Sun Louvres.

1. super elam street structural frame

with sub-frame
Super Elam Street Structural Frame is a new design
incorporating an upgraded 63mm wide Spiral Pivot system
supported by a 63x100 structural sub-frame.

The motor sits within the sub-frame accessible via a concealed

motor access cover.
SUper elam street structural frame with sub-frame. horizontal blades

Super Elam Street Structural Frame With Sub-Frame can be

inserted in to an opening or fixed back to the building by
100x50 fixing legs.

Fixing can also be by flat brackets attached to the building and

slotted over milled openings in the sub-frame.

Single or dual panel drive available.

SUper elam street structural frame with sub-frame. vertical blades Blades can be run horizontally or vertically.

2. Elam street structural frame

The Elam Street Structural Frame consists of the new 63mm
wide Spiral Pivot system without the structural sub-frame.

The Somfy motor sits either front or back within an extruded

motor cover.

An Elam Sreet Structural Frame can be inserted into an

elam street structural frame. horizontal blades
opening or fixed back to the building by 100x50 fixing legs.

On larger panels more legs are required with an Elam Street

Structural Frame due to there being no structural sub-frame.

Single or dual panel available.

Blades can be run horizontally or vertically.

elam street structural frame - vertical blades

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:11
 typical detail : super elam street structural frame with sub-frame & elam street
structural frame between fixing points guide

2800 2800

guidelines at a glance
maximum free span

3000
2800
between support shown

super elam street structural frame - super elam street structural frame -
blades horizontal blades vertical

2200 2200

guidelines at a glance
maximum free span

2500
2200

between support shown

elam street structral frame - blades horizontal elam street structural frame - blades vertical

typical detail : elam street structural frame overhead & horizontal louvres -
handle options

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 6.12

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
6:12 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres drive systems

motorised & hand operable drive systems

maxi-drive

Louvretec’s Maxi-Drive is a stylish new operating system designed to meet the ever increasing demand for motorising larger louvres.
Also operates 300mm Maxi Louvre, Ultra 50 300mm and 450mm Square and Mitred options.

maxi-drive
Somfy motorised 300mm & 450mm
louvres

• The Somfy motor locates within a structral frame

• driving a heavy duty custom engineered gearbox.

• The gearbox operates the drive blade which

• via a heavy duty connecting arm operates the
• complete louvre panel.

• Strong, elegant and simple

maxi-drive 300mm maxi louvres vertical panel

maxi-drive
hand operable 300mm & 450mm
louvres

• A hand operable option is also available.

• The gearbox is adapted to take an overhead hand

• crank or rear winder for vertical panels

maxi-drive 300mm hand operable panel

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:13
 sun louvres drive systems

hand operable drive systems

kiss pivot system & bella vista system
Louvretec’s two distinctive, easy to use hand operable louvre systems. The KISS Pivot system is for airfoil shaped blades, the Bella Vista is for the
rectangular 95mm louvre blade.

1. kiss pivot system

• The KISS Pivot system operates a number of Airfoil shaped
• blades as well as the 95mm Bella Vista Rectangular blade.

• The KISS Pivot system is elegant and simple, tried and true and
• well proven in the market place.

• An easy to operate, well proven sun louvre pivot system.

• Operates off double drive-arms that can be locked closed or in

• various open positions.

• Offers fully adjustable louvres at little more than fixed louvre

• prices.

• Ideal as a stand-alone panel or used within sliding, bifolding

• hinged doors.

kiss pivot system - 90mm midi louvre panel

kiss pivot system - 95mm bella Vista rectangular louvre panel kiss pivot system - 150mm midi louvre panel

6:14 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres end fixed

end fixed sun louvres

fix blades vertically or horizontally
All Louvretec sun louvres can be end fixed & all have internal screw fixing ports which allows the blades to be end fixed, set at any pitch and
any centre.

As a rule of thumb blade centres are generally fixed at between 75% - 100% of the blade width.

vertical panels end fixed

• All Louvretec sun louvres have internal screw
• fixing ports. This enables the blades to be;
• - set at any angle or pitch (blade pitch)
• - set at any centre (blade centre)

• As a rule of thumb, blade centres are fixed at

• between 75% - 100% of their width.
• eg: 180mm Airfoil would have a centre
• between 135mm - 180mm.

• Blade pitch is an equally important consideration

• in determining the degree of light, shade, privacy
• and shelter.

vertical panel end fixed

overhead panels end fixed

• Horizontal or overhead louvres may fit within
• an existing opening or as illustrated may require a
• separate structural sub-frame.

• Sub-frames are typically aluminium or steel and

• usually require specific engineering details.

• Louvretec specialises in the supply and installation

• of aluminium structural sub-frames.

• Please contact Louvretec for further details.

overhead panel end fixed

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:15
 LOUVRETEC
typical detail : end fixed sunEND FIXED
louvres - howSUN LOUVRES
the system works: vertical panels

// HOW THE SYSTEM WORKS

BLADES CAN BE SET TO ANY PITCH OR • // All

All Louvretec
Louvretec Sun
sun Louvres
louvres have
CENTRE. THREE TYPICAL OPTIONS SHOWN: have internal
internal screw
fiscrew fixing ports. This enables the blades
xing ports.
to be;
This enables blades to be:
- set at any angle or pitch (blade pitch)
-- Set
set at any
any angle
centreor(blade
pitch centre)
(blade pitch)

• -AsSeta at anyofcentre
rule thumb,(blade
blade centre)
centres are fixed
at between 75% - 100% of
// As a rule of thumb, blade centres their width.
are fixed at
eg: 180mm Airfoil would have
between 75% - 100% of their width. a centre
between 135mm - 180mm.
Example: 180mm Airfoil would have a centre
• between
Blade pitch is an equally
135mm – 180mm.important
consideration in determining the degree of
// Blade pitch is an equally important
light, shade, privacy and shelter.
consideration in determining the degree of
light, shade, privacy and shelter. Refer “Design
for the Sun” pages 3.1 -3.4 or discuss with
Louvretec.

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

8.05
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 6.16
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
6:16 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC END
typical detail : END FIXED
FIXED SUN -LOUVRES
SUN LOUVRES HOW THE SYSTEM WORKS: OVERHEAD PANELS

// HOW THE HORIZONTAL (OVERHEAD) SYSTEM WORKS

END FIXED TO FLAT ALUMINIUM ONTO "T" SECTION • //Horizontal

Refer to or overhead
bullet points louvres
oppositemay fit within
in page 8.26
OR PFC (FLAT SIDE OF "T" UP OR DOWN) anreexisting
verticalopening or as
End Fixed illustrated
louvre may
blades. These also
require
apply atoseparate structural
Horizontal panels.sub-frame.

• //Sub-frames
Horizontalare ortypically
overhead aluminium or steel
louvres may and
fit within
an existing
usually requireopening
specificor, as illustrated,
engineering may
details.
require a separate structural
• Engineering
sub frame.is usually also required for the
fixing details to the building.
PFC // Sub frames are typically aluminium or steel, and
usually require
• Louvretec specifi
specialises in cthe
engineering
supply anddetails.
TEE SECTION //installation
Engineeringof aluminium structural
is usually also sub-frames.
required for the
fixing details to the building. Refer pages 8.52
- 8.54 for typical fixing details.

// Louvretec specialises in the supply and

END FIXED TO CHANNEL ON EXISTING installation of aluminium structured sub frames.
STEEL FRAME OR SIMILAR
Please contact for
further details.

// Refer “Design for the Sun” pages 3.01-3.06 for

further information.

• All louvre panels shown can be joined to

END FIXED TO CHANNEL ONTO BOX SECTION
create one continuous panel.
// All Louvre Panels shown can be joined to
create one continuous panel.

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

8.20
DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016 FILE: 6.17
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:17
 sun louvres bracket fixed

bracket fixed sun louvres

bracket fix blades vertically or horizontally
All Louvretec sun louvres can be bracket fixed using Louvretec’s proprietary bracket fixing systems. Die cast or extruded brackets are custom
manufactured site specific, enabling the louvre blades to be set at any pitch or to any centres.

vertical panels bracket fixed

• All Louvretec Airfoil and Maxi Louvres can be
bracket fixed, with the blades:
- set at any angle
- set at any centre (blade centre)

vertical panel bracket fixed

overhead panels bracket fixed

• Horizontal or overhead louvres may fit above
an existing opening, or as illustrated may require
a specific structural sub frame.

• Sub frames are typically aluminium or steel and

usually require specific engineering details.

• Louvretec specialises in the supply and

installation of aluminium structural sub frames.
Please contact Louvretec for further details.

overhead panel bracket fixed

6:18 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC
typical BRACKET
detail : BRACKET FIXED
FIXED SUN AIRFOIL
LOUVRES - HOW THE SYSTEM WORKS: VERTICAL PANELS
& MAXI LOUVRES
// HOW THE VERTICAL SYSTEM WORKS
Blades can be set to any pitch or centres. Three typical options shown:

• All Louvretec Airfoil and Maxi Louvres can be

bracket
// All fixed Airfoil
Louvretec with the blades:
and Maxi Louvres can be
- set at any angle or pitch (blade pitch)
bracket fixed, with the blades:
- set at any centre (blade centre)
- Set at any angle or pitch (blade pitch)
• -There
Set atare
anyfour combinations
centre of louvre blade
(blade centre)
to extruded bracket arm (tear drop) to
// There are 4 combinations of louvre blade to
consider:
extruded bracket arm (tear drop) to consider:

1) Blade pitch down

1. Blade pitch over
tear drop down
tear drop over

2.2)Blade
Bladepitch
pitchdown
down
tear
teardrop
dropunder
under

3. Blade pitch up
3) Blade pitch up tear
tear drop over
drop over

4.4)Blade
Bladepitch
pitch
upup tear
drop
tear under
drop under

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

9.03
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 6.19
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:19
 LOUVRETEC BRACKET FIXED AIRFOIL & MAXI LOUVRES
// HOW THE HORIZONTAL (OVERHEAD) SYSTEM WORKS
typical detail : BRACKET fixed sun louvres - how the system works: OVERHEAD panels

BLADE PITCH DOWN TEAR DROP UNDER • // Horizontal or overhead

Refer to bullet louvres may
points opposite on page 8.38
fitregarding
above anvertical
existingbracket
opening or, as
fixed louvre blades.
illustrated,
These alsomay require
apply a separate
to horizontal panels.
structural sub-frame.
// Horizontal or overhead louvres may fit above
an existing are
• Sub-frames opening, or as
typically illustrated may
aluminium
orrequire specifi
steel and c structural
usually require sub frame.
specific
// engineering
Sub frames details.
are typically aluminium or steel, and
usually require specific engineering details.
• Engineering is usually also required for
// the
Engineering is usually
fixing details to thealso required for the
building.
fixing details to the building. Refer pages 8.52-
SHOWING 200MM AIRFOIL • Louvretec specialises
8.54 for typical fixingindetails.
the supply and
installation of aluminium structural sub-
// Louvretec specialises in the supply and
frames.
installation of aluminium structural sub frames.
BLADE PITCH DOWN TEAR DROP UNDER Please contact for further details.

// Refer “Design for the Sun” pages 3.01-3.06 for

further information.

SHOWING 120MM AIRFOIL

BLADE PITCH DOWN TEAR DROP UNDER

SHOWING 180MM AIRFOIL

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

9.1
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 6.20
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
6:20 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 LOUVRETEC BRACKET FIXED AIRFOIL
& MAXI LOUVRES
typical detail : BRACKET FIXED SUN LOUVRES - HOW corner mitres WORK
// HOW THE CORNER MITRES WORK

• Bracket fixed louvres mitred at the corners

// Bracket fixed louvres mitred at the corners are VERTICAL BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES WITH CORNER MITRES
are a Louvretec
a Louvretec specialty.
speciality.

//• A seamless
A seamless effect
effect is achieved
is achieved giving
giving the the
blades
blades continuity
continuity to both sides to both
of thesides of the
building.
building.
// Both vertical and horizontal bracket fixed
• louvres
Bothcan be mitred.
vertical and horizontal bracket fixed
louvres can be mitred.

CANTILEVERED ENDS HORIZONTAL (OVERHEAD) BRACKET FIXED

LOUVRES WITH CORNER MITRES

AN ALTERNATIVE TO CORNER MITRES IS

TO SQUARE CUT AND CANTILEVER THE
BLADES AT THE CORNERS

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

9.04
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 6.21
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 6:21
 sun louvres - airfoil
AIRFOIL
airfoil sun louvres
Blades at a glance 7.07
70mm KISS Pivot Mini louvre 7.08 - 7.09
90mm KISS Pivot Midi louvre 7.10 - 7.19
150mm Midi louvre 7.20 - 7.27
120mm Airfoil louvre 7.28 - 7.39
180mm Airfoil louvre 7.40 - 7.51
200mm Maxi louvre 7.52 - 7.60
300mm Maxi louvre 7.61 - 7.70
600mm Maxi louvre 7.71 - 7.78

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:01
7:02 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres
airfoil

Louvretec’s collection of Airfoil shaped sun louvre blades.

An aerodynamic force.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:03
 sun louvres - airfoil residential gallery

1. 2.

3.

3. 4.

1. 120mm
photo airfoil
captionlouvres
2. photo
2. 150mm
caption
midi louvres
3. photo caption
3. 200mm maxi
4. photo
louvres
caption
4. 180mm airfoil louvres

7:04 x :x ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil commercial gallery

5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

5. 300mm maxi louvres 6. 200mm maxi louvres 7. 200mm maxi louvres 8. 150mm midi louvres 9. 300mm maxi louvres

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 7:05
 sun louvres overview

sun louvres AIRFOIL

OVERVIEW
the sun louvre airfoil range
Louvretec now offers a comprehensive range of both Airfoil and
Rectangular sun louvres.

Please refer Section 6 – Sun Louvres Overview to see the wide range
of configurations available.

This includes Spiral Pivot motorisation utilising Somfy motors,

controllers and home automation options should you wish.

Louvretec’s Spiral Pivot system can also be hand operable. In addition

to this there is a range of sun louvres hand operated by the KISS Pivot
system.

Louvretec’s Elam Street Frame for free standing motorised or hand

operated sun louvre systems is still available.

Louvretec is pleased to announce the introduction of a new free

standing Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame which
incorporates a fully hidden motor (or gearbox) along with the Spiral
Pivot operating mechanism within the structural frame.

All Louvretec Sun Louvres can be end fixed or bracket fixed both in
vertical wall panels or horizontally overhead.

Please refer Section 8 – Sun Louvres Rectangular for full details on the
Rectangular product range.

sun louvres - airfoil

Louvretec has an extensive range of Airfoil Sun Louvres, ranging from
70mm KISS pivot to the mighty 600mm Maxi Louvre.

Available in three distinctive ‘foil’ shapes and a range of operable or fixed

systems, Louvretec’s stylish Airfoils add architectural flair while providing
functional sun control, privacy and, if so designed, additional security.

Elegant designs all fully engineered and certified for residential and
commercial use.

7:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 airfoil sun louvres spans at a glance

MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. EXTRA HIGH WIND EX LOW WIND SPEED
refer to section 11 engineering reports for full details on blade spans. SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S 115KM/H 32M/S

airfoil sun louvres

8 different STYLES maximum spans operable

EX
1300mm

70 mini louvre 1900mm

EX
1400mm

90 midi louvre 2000mm

EX
1900mm

150 midi louvre 2750mm

EX
1600mm

120 airfoil louvre 2300mm

EX
2050mm

180 airfoil louvre 2950mm

EX
2350mm

200 maxi louvre 3700mm

EX
3350mm

300 maxi louvre 4800mm

EX
3700mm

600 maxi louvre 5800mm

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 7:07
 sun louvres - airfoil technical DETAILS

Technical details 70mm kiss pivot mini louvre

70mm kiss pivot mini louvre

the smallest
The 70mm Mini Louvre is one of three ‘wave’ shaped louvres.
This shape is replicated in our 70mm, 90mm Midi & 150mm Midi Louvres.
This blade can be hand operated using the KISS Pivot system. The blades can
be locked closed or in a number of opening positions.
A woolpile closing insert ensures a snug fit when closed.
The 70mm louvre is well suited fixed within an opening or within sliding,
bi-folding or hinged doors.
Also available end and bracket fixed.

70mm kiss pivot 70mm end fixed vertical 70mm end fixed overhead

70mm bracket fixed vertical 70mm bracket fixed overhead 70mm kiss pivot sliding door

SURFACE COATINGS operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

7:08 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil overview

technical details 70mm kiss pivot mini louvre

74

blade specifications
Blade cover - opening system 64 mm Weight per lineal metre 0.716 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 10 kg/sqm Actual blade width 74 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 64 mm

spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building Self wt 32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

Adjustable and Fixed. Horizontal & vertical 2050 1900 1700 1500 1400 1300

installation options

KISS PiVOT: calculate optimum frame END FIXED Bracket fixed

opening sizes Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre
Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades

step 1
16 blades x 64 1024
1 blade at 74 74
17 blades =1098

step 2
Blade cover 1098
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
16mm + 16mm 32
Total exact opening height =1130 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 7:09
 sun louvres - airfoil overview

product overview 90mm midi louvre

90mm kiss pivot midi louvre

small to medium size
The 90mm Midi Louvre is similar to the ‘wave’ shape of the 70mm and 150mm
blades.
The 90mm Midi is a perfect mix of compact width with good spans.
This blade can be hand operated using the KISS Pivot system. The blades can
be locked closed or in a number of opening positions.
A woolpile closing insert ensures a snug fit when closed.
The 90mm Midi Louvre is well suited fixed within an opening or within sliding,
bi-folding or hinged doors.
Also available end and bracket fixed.

90mm kiss pivot 90mm end fixed overhead 90mm bracket fixed vertical

90mm bracket fixed overhead 90mm kiss pivot sliding door 90mm kiss pivot bifold door

SURFACE COATINGS operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

7:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil specifications

technical details 90mm midi louvre

blade specifications
Blade cover - opening system 80 mm Weight per lineal metre 0.75 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 9.38 kg/sqm Actual blade width 90 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 80 mm

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building Self wt 32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

Adjustable & Fixed - Horizontal & Vertical 2350 2000 1850 1600 1500 1400

installation options

KISS PIVOT: calculate optimum frame END FIXED Bracket fixed

opening sizeS Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre
Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades

step 1
16 blades x 80 1280
1 blade at 90 90
17 blades =1370

step 2
Blade cover 1370
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
16mm + 16mm 32
Total exact opening height =1402 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:11
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2D MODELs

Technical details 70mm mini & 90mm midi kiss pivot

typical detail 3d/2d models 70mm kiss pivot panel

70mm KISS Pivot panel Section in door panel Plan in door panel

typical detail 3d/2d models 90mm kiss pivot panel

90mm KISS Pivot panel Section in door panel Plan in door panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016
7:12 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2D MODELs

Technical details 70mm mini & 90mm midi end fixed vertical & overhead panels

typical detail 3d/2d models 70mm end fixed vertical

note:
pitch (angle) and spacing of
louvres can vary and are
set at time of manufacture

within side channel within side channel

no end caps required no end caps required

70mm end fixed vertical Section in channel Plan in channel

typical detail 3d/2d model 90mm end fixed overhead & end fixed vertical

within side channel within side channel

no end caps required no end caps required

90mm end fixed overhead Section in channel Plan in channel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:13
 BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE

typical detail : end fixed overhead sun louvres 70mm mini & 90mm midi blades
spans at a glance

OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES

calculations
CALCULATIONS FORfor
BLADEblade
SPANS
SHOWshow
spans RANGE FROM
range from
h Low//Wind
Low Wind Zone 115km/h,
Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to
V.Hig ow 32m/s to Very High Wind 55m/s
000 0L Extra High Wind Zone 198km/h,
1 135 Zone 179km/h,
Refer Engineering 50m/s
Details, Section 11
Spans, End Fixed 70
60mm Mini Louvre.
Free Span Example Refer Engineering Details, Section 12.

KEY
LF = Free span
LS15 = Strut @ 15
°
45

LS30 = Strut @ 30
LS45 = Strut @ 45
Plain Column:
ow igh
0L V.H Low - Med Wind Zone.
190 0
140 Spans, End Fixed 70mm Mini Louvre. Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s
Ø20 SS Strut Support Example, Shaded Column:
Strut at Optimum 45° angle. High - VHigh Wind Zone.
Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s
°
45

ow igh
0L V.H
200 0
150 Spans, End Fixed 90mm Midi Louvre.

Ø42 SS Strut Support Example,

Strut at Optimum 45° angle.

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.14

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:14 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SPANS AT A GLANCE

typical detail : end fixed overhead wall struts 70mm mini & 90mm midi blades
spans at a glance

END FIXED 70mm & 90mm LOUVRES

// OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL
Free Span Strut Support
LS15 LS15
1100 900

LS30 LS30
1100 1000

Base Plate: 100 x 150 x 6mm LF LF LS45 LS45

Box Section: 75 x 50 x 2.5mm Strut Ø16mm
Channel: 75 x 25 x 3mm
700 600 Stainless steel 1300 1000

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
1400 1200

LS30 LS30
1700 1300

Base Plate: 100 x 225 x 6mm LF LF LS45 LS45

Box Section: 100 x 50 x 3mm Strut Ø20mm
900 800 Stainless steel 1700 1400
Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
2000 1600

LS30 LS30
2100 1900

Base Plate: 100 x 275 x 6mm LF LF LS45 LS45

Box Section: 150 x 50 x 3mm Strut Ø42mm
Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm
1300 1200 Stainless steel 2300 2000

8.24

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.15

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:15
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODEL

Technical details 70mm mini & 90mm midi bracket fixed louvres

typical detail 3d model 70mm bracket fixed louvres - vertical & overhead

70mm bracket fixed vertical panel 70mm bracket fixed overhead panel

typical detail 3d model 90mm bracket fixed louvres - vertical & overhead

90mm bracket fixed vertical panel 90mm bracket fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:16 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : bracket fixed 70mm mini & 90mm midi blades

plan - brACKET FIXED 70MM MINI LOUVRE & 90MM MIDI LOUVRE

bracket fixed 70MM MINI LOUVRE

bracket fixed 90MM MIDI LOUVRE

SECTION - BRACKET FIXED 70MM MINI LOUVRE & 90MM MIDI LOUVRE

bracket fixed 70MM MINI LOUVRE bracket fixed 90MM MIDI LOUVRE

DATE MODIFIED : 1/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.17

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:17
 TECHNICAL DETAILS // 70mm MINI & 90mm MIDI LOUVRES -
BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE

typical detail : BRACKET fixed overhead sun louvres 70mm mini & 90mm midi blades
spans at a glance

OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES calculations for blade

spans show range from
CALCULATIONS FOR BLADE SPANSZone
Low Wind SHOW115km/h,
RANGE FROM
32m/s to
// Low Wind Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to Very 198km/h,
Extra High Wind Zone High Wind55m/s
Zone 179km/h, 50m/s
Refer Engineering Details, Section 11
Refer Engineering Details, Section 12.
°
45

w igh
0 Lo
Spans, Bracket Fixed
190 0 V.H 70mm Mini Louvre.
140 Ba
Bo
42

Max cantilever = 40% of mid span KEY

Ø20 SS Strut Support Example,
Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
LF = Free span
LS15 = Strut @ 15
LS30 = Strut @ 30
LS45 = Strut @ 45
Plain Column:
Low - Med Wind Zone.
Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s
Shaded Column:
B
High - VHigh Wind Zone. B
Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s 4
°
45

0 Low .High
200 0V
150 Spans, Bracket Fixed 90mm Midi Louvre.

B
Max cantilever = 40% of mid span B
Ø42 SS Strut Support Example, 4
Strut at Optimum 45° angle.

UCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

nical specification subject to change without notice

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.18

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:18 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : BRACKET fixed overhead wall struts 70mm mini & 90mm midi blades
spans at a glance

70mm & 90mm LOUVRES // OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL

E FROM
High Wind 42mm ‘C’ Channel.
Die cast bracket
System @ 45,
Centres to suit
Free Span Strut Support
LS15 LS15
1100 900

LS30 LS30
1100 1000
ed
e.
Base Plate: 100 x 150 x 6mm LS45 LS45
LF LF Strut Ø16mm
Box Section: 75 x 50 x 2.5mm
Stainless steel
42mm ‘C’ Channel fixing 700 600 1300 1100

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
1400 1200

LS30 LS30
Zone.
1700 1400
37m/s

Base Plate: 100 x 225 x 6mm

LF LF Strut Ø20mm LS45 LS45
d Zone. Box Section: 100 x 50 x 3mm Stainless steel 1700 1400
50m/s 42mm ‘C’ Channel fixing 900 800

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
2000 1600

LS30 LS30
2300 1900
m Midi Louvre.

LS45 LS45
Base Plate: 100 x 275 x 6mm
Box Section: 150 x 50 x 3mm
LF LF Strut Ø42mm 2300 2000
42mm ‘C’ Channel fixing 1300 1200 Stainless steel

9.23

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.19

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:19
 sun louvres - airfoil overview

product overview 150mm MIDI LOUVRE

150mm MIDI louvre

wave shape
The 150mm Midi is the largest of the ‘wave’ shape group of louvres.
The wider blade spans well and is ideal for closing off decks and verandah
spaces. This versatile louvre is available in both Spiral (motorised and hand
operable) and KISS (hand adjustable) Pivot systems. KISS Pivot louvres are
hand operated and can be locked closed and in various opened positions. A
woolpile closing insert ensures a snug fit when closed. This blade is well suited
fixed within an opening or within sliding, bifolding or hinged doors. Also
available end and bracket fixed.

150mm kiss pivot 150mm spiral pivot 150mm end fixed overhead

150mm bracket fixed vertical 150mm bracket fixed overhead 150mm kiss pivot sliding door

SURFACE COATINGS operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC motors and sensors

Gearbox

7:20 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil specifications

technical details 150mm midi louvre

blade specifications
Blade cover - opening system 138 mm Weight per lineal metre 1.47 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 10.7 kg/sqm Actual blade width 150 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 138 mm

spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building Self wt 32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

Adjustable and Fixed - horizontal & vertical 2900 2750 2500 2200 2000 1900

installation options

SPIRAL PiVOT: calculate KISS PiVOT: calculate END FIXED Bracket fixed
optimum FRAME Opening sizes optimum FRAME Opening sizes Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre
Height: Calculation example showing Height: Calculation example showing
17 blades 17 blades

step 1 step 1
16 blades x 138 2208 16 blades x 138 2208
1 blade at 150 150 1 blade at 150 150
17 blades =2358 17 blades =2358

step 2 step 2
Blade cover 2358 Blade cover 2358
+ top and bottom closing + top and bottom closing
angles allow for angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10 * 21mm + 21mm 42
Total exact opening height =2368 Total exact opening height =2400
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size. *This is inside measure - not outer frame size.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:21
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 150mm midi louvre spiral pivot

typical detail 3d models 150mm spiral pivot motorised louvres - horizontal blades

Mounting to building Mounting to building

Structural Sub-Frame

Motor cover Motor

within
frame

Elam Street Structural Frame Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame
Vertical panel - horizontal blades Vertical panel - horizontal blades

typical detail 3d model 150mm spiral pivot motorised louvres - vertical blades

Mounting to building

Motor within frame

Structural
Sub-Frame

Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame

Vertical panel - vertical blades

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:22 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : 150mm midi louvre spiral pivot

section - motorised 150mm midi louvre spiral pivot on super elam street structural frame
with sub-frame

super elam street

structural sub-frame

section - manually operable 150mm midi louvre spiral pivot

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.23

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:23
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2d MODELs

Technical details 150mm midi louvre kiss pivot

typical detail 3d/2d models 150mm kiss pivot vertical & horizontal blades

Horizontal
KISS pivot
louvres

Vertical
KISS pivot
louvres

150mm KISS Pivot louvres Plan: In door panel or frame

typical detail 3d/2d models 150mm kiss pivot within bifold door

150mm KISS Pivot louvres Section: In door panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:24 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2D MODELs

Technical details 150mm midi louvre end fixed

typical detail 3d/2d models 150mm end fixed louvres - vertical blades

Within side channel Louvres outside side channel

no end caps required end caps required
150mm end fixed louvres - vertical panel Section Section

typical detail 3d/2d model 150mm end fixed louvres - overhead blades

Within side channel no end caps required

Louvres outside side channel end caps required

150mm end fixed louvres - overhead panels Plan

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:257:25
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2d MODELs

Technical details 150mm midi louvre bracket fixed

typical detail 3d/2d models 150mm bracket fixed louvre - vertical panel

150mm bracket fixed louvres - vertical panel

note: pitch (angle) and

spacing of louvres can
vary and are set at time
of manufacturing

Section

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:26 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2D MODELs

Technical details 150mm midi louvre bracket fixed

typical detail 3d/2d models 150mm bracket louvre - overhead panel

150mm bracket fixed louvres - overhead panel

Plan

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:277:27
 sun louvres - airfoil overview

Technical details 120mm airfoil louvre

120mm airfoil louvre

wide range of design applications
This airfoil shaped sun louvre blade combines distinctive styling and cool
functionality in one.
Also available in180mm wide, both the 120mm and the 180mm Airfoil sun
louvre blades provide a wide range of design applications.
Available motorised or hand operable using the Spiral Pivot system. The
120mm Airfoil is ideal for use within a structural frame for external window
protection and privacy.
Also available as end fixed or bracket fixed, horizontal or vertical overhead
panels.

Elam Street Structural Frame frame - horizontal super Elam Street Structural Frame with sub-frame end fixed - vertical panel

end fixed - overhead panel bracket FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL bracket fixed - overhead panel

SURFACE COATINGS operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC motors and sensors

Gearbox

7:28 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil specifications

technical details 120mm airfoil louvre

blade specifications
Blade cover - opening system 115 mm Weight per lineal metre 1.3 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 11.3 kg/sqm Actual blade width 120 mm
Blade centres - opening system 115 mm

spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building Self wt 32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

Adjustable and Fixed - horizontal & vertical 2400 2300 2100 1850 1700 1600

installation options

spiral pivot system: calculate END FIXED Bracket fixed

optimum frame opening sizes Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre
Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades

step 1
16 blades x 115 1840
1 blade at 120 120
17 blades =1960

step 2
Blade cover 1960
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10
Total exact opening height =1970 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 7:29
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 120mm airfoil louvre spiral pivot

typical detail 3d models 120mm airfoil spiral pivot motorised louvre

Mounting to building
Structural Sub-Frame Mounting to building
Motor cover

Motor within
frame

Super Elam Street Structural Frame Elam Street Structural Frame

Vertical panel - horizontal blades Vertical panel - vertical blades

typical detail 3d model 120mm airfoil spiral pivot hand operable louvre

Gearbox
Handle to suit

120mm Airfoil louvre Spiral Pivot overhead panel - hand operable

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:30 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : 120mm airfoil louvre spiral pivot

section - motorised 120mm airfoil louvre spiral pivot on super elam street structural frame
with sub-frame

super elam street structural sub-frame

typical detail : Elam Street Structural Frame hand operable spiral pivot 120mm airfoil louvre

for handle options

refer page 6.12

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.31

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:31
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 120mm airfoil louvre - end fixed

typical detail 3d model 120mm airfoil louvres end fixed - vertical panel

End fixing channel

Shown with frame four sides

Blades can be set at any pitch

and at any centres

End fixed vertical panel

typical detail 3d model 120mm airfoil louvres end fixed overhead panel

Fixing to building

End fixing channel

Blades can be set at any pitch and at any centres

Structural box section frame

shown three sides
End fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:32 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : 120mm airfoil louvre - end fixed

plan

On side channel On side channel

end caps required no end caps required

section

Louvres outside side channel Within side channel

end caps required no end caps required

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.33

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:33
 TECHNICAL DETAILS // 120 AIRFOIL & 150 MIDI LOUVRES - TE
BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE
typical detail : end fixed overhead sun louvres 120mm airfoils & 150mm midi louVRES
spans at a glance

typical detail overhead eyebrow end fixed louvres

calculations for blade

OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES EN
spans show range from
// O
Low Wind Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to
Extra CALCULATIONS
High Wind Zone FOR198km/h,
BLADE SPANS
55m/s
SHOW RANGE FROM
Refer Engineering Details, Section 11
// Low Wind Zone 115km/h,
32m/s to Very High Wind
Zone 179km/h, 50m/s

Free Span Example Refer Engineering Details, Section 12.

Base
Box
Cha

KEY
LF = Free span
LS15 = Strut @ 15
°

LS30 = Strut @ 30
45

LS45 = Strut @ 45
Plain Column:
W
LO IGH Low - Med Wind Zone.
0 .H
230 0 V
170 Spans, End Fixed
Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s
Ø20 SS Strut Support Example, 120mm Airfoil Louvre. Shaded Column:
Strut at Optimum 45° angle. High - VHigh Wind Zone.
Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s Base
Box
Cha
45°

W
LO IGH
0 .H
275 V
2000 Spans, End Fixed
150mm Midi Louvre.
Ø42 SS Strut Support Example,
Strut at Optimum 45° angle. Base
Box
Cha

OPEN PAGE TO VIEW 60 & 70 MINI & 90 MIDI LOUVRES - SPANS AT A GLANCE

8.25
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.34
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:34 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TECHNICAL DETAILS // ALUMINIUM BOX SECTION WALL STRUTS -
SPANS AT A GLANCE
typical detail : end fixed overhead wall struts for 120mm airfoils & 150mm midi louvRES
spans at a glance

typical detail overhead eyebrow end fixed louvres

END FIXED 120mm & 150mm LOUVRES

// OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL
Free Span Strut Support
LS15 LS15
1000 800

LS30 LS30
1100 900

Base Plate: 100 x 150 x 6mm

LF LF Strut Ø16mm
LS45 LS45
Box Section: 75 x 50 x 2.5mm
Channel: 75 x 25 x 3mm 600 500 Stainless steel 1100 900

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
1200 1000

LS30 LS30
1400 1200

LF LF LS45 LS45
Base Plate: 100 x 225 x 6mm
Box Section: 100 x 50 x 3mm 800 700 Strut Ø20mm 1500 1200
Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm Stainless steel

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
1700 1300

LS30 LS30
1800 1600

Base Plate: 100 x 275 x 6mm LF LF LS45 LS45

Box Section: 150 x 50 x 3mm Strut Ø42mm
1200 1000 Stainless steel
2000 1700
Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.35

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:35
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 120mm airfoil louvres - bracket fixed

typical detail 3d model 120mm airfoil louvres bracket fixed vertical panel

Blades can be set at any pitch

and at any centres

Structural box section

and fixing angle

Bracket fixed vertical panel

typical detail 3d model 120mm airfoil louvres bracket fixed overhead panel

Fixing to building

Structural
tee section

Blades can be set at any pitch and at any centres

Bracket fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:36 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : bracket fixed 120mm airfoil louvre panels

plan

cantilevered end expansion joint

section

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.37

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:37
 TECHNICAL DETAILS // 120mm AIRFOIL & 150mm MIDI LOUVRES - TECHN
BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE
typical detail : bracket fixed overhead sun louvres 120mm airfoils & 150mm midi blades
spans at a glance

overhead eyebrow bracket fixed louvres

OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES calculations for blade

spans show range from
CALCULATIONS FORLow Wind
BLADE Zone
SPANS 115km/h,
SHOW RANGE 32m/s
FROM to
// Low Wind ZoneExtra High Wind
115km/h, 32m/sZone 198km/h,
to Very 55m/s
High Wind
Zone 179km/h,Refer
50m/sEngineering Details, Section 11

Refer Engineering Details, Section 12.

°
45

Base Pla
150 x 10
Low Box Sec
0 igh
230 0 0 V.H 75 x 50 x
17 Spans, Bracket Fixed 120mm Airfoil Louvre.
Angle:
50 x 50 x
Max cantilever = 40% of mid span
Ø20 SS Strut Support Example,
Strut at Optimum 45° angle.

KEY
LF = Free span
LS15 = Strut @ 15
LS30 = Strut @ 30
LS45 = Strut @ 45
Base Pla
Plain Column: 225 x 10
Low - Med Wind Zone. Box Sec
Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s 100 x 50
Shaded Column: Angle:
High - VHigh Wind Zone. 50 x 50 x
Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s
°
45

0 Low igh
275 0 V.H
200 Base Pla
Spans, Bracket Fixed 150mm Midi Louvre. 275 x 10
Box Sec
150 x 50
Max cantilever = 40% of mid span Angle:
Ø42 SS Strut Support Example,
Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
50 x 50 x

OPEN PAGE TO VIEW 70mm MINI & 90mm MIDI LOUVRES

9.24
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.38
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:38 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SPANS AT A GLANCE

typical detail : bracket fixed overhead wall struts for 120mm airfoils & 150mm midi louvres
spans at a glance

typical detail overhead eyebrow detail

END FIXED 120mm & 150mm LOUVRES

// OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL

nd
Free Span Strut Support
LS15 LS15
1000 800

LS30 LS30
Base Plate: 1100 900
150 x 100 x 6mm
Box Section: LF LF LS45 LS45
Base Plate: 120 x 100 x 6mm Strut Ø16mm
75 x 50 x 2.5mm ‘T’ Section: 75 x 50 x 6mm 600 500 1100 900
Stainless steel
Angle:
50 x 50 x 3mm

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
1300 1100

LS30 LS30
1500 1200
Base Plate:
225 x 100 x 6mm
Box Section: LF LF LS45 LS45
Base Plate: 170 x 100 x 6mm Strut Ø20mm
100 x 50 x 3mm ‘T’ Section: 100 x 50 x 6mm 900 700 Stainless steel
1500 1300
Angle:
50 x 50 x 6mm

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
1800 1400

LS30 LS30
Base Plate: 2000 1600
275 x 100 x 6mm
Box Section:
LF LF LS45 LS45
150 x 50 x 3mm
Base Plate: 170 x 100 x 6mm 1200 Strut Ø42mm 2100 1700
Angle: 1000
‘T’ Section: 100 x 50 x 6mm Stainless steel
50 x 50 x 6mm

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.39

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:39
 sun louvres - airfoil overview

Technical details 180mm airfoil louvre

180mm airfoil louvre

solution for wider openings
This blade is a scaled up version of the 120mm Airfoil. The 180mm Airfoil
features the same clean aerodynamic lines as the 120mm Airfoil with the
added value of increased spans for wider openings.
Available as either motorised or hand operable Spiral Pivot, the180mm Airfoil
is well suited to a wide range of external sun louvre applications.
Also available as end fixed or bracket fixed horizontal or overhead panels.

super elam street structural frame with sub-frame elam street Structural frame - vertical louvres end fixed - vertical panel

end fixed - overhead panel bracket fixed - vertical panel bracket fixed - overhead panel

SURFACE COATINGS operating this sun louvre system - the choice is yours
A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC motors and sensors

Gearbox

7:40 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil SPECIFICATIONS

technical details 180mm airfoil louvre

blade specifications
Blade cover - opening system 169 mm Weight per lineal metre 1.85 kgm
Weight per square metre - opening system 11 kg/sqm Actual blade width 180 mm
Blade centres - opening system 169 mm

spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building Self wt 32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

Adjustable and fixed - horizontal & vertical 3100 2950 2700 2400 2200 2050

installation options

spiral pivot system: calculate END FIXED Bracket fixed

optimum frame opening sizes Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre
Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades

step 1
16 blades x 169 2704
1 blade at 180 180
17 blades =2884

step 2
Blade cover 2884
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10
Total exact opening height =2894 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 7:41
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 180mm AIRFOIL LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT

typical detail 3d models 180mm airfoil spiral pivot motorised & hand operable
LOUVRES

Mounting to building Mounting to building

Structural Sub-Frame

Shown with
frame four Gearbox
sides and
handle
Motor within
frame

Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame Elam Street Structural Frame
Vertical panel - Motorised horizontal blades
Vertical panel - Hand operable horizontal blades

typical detail 3d model 180mm airfoil spiral pivot motorised louvres

Mounting to building
Motor within frame

Structural Sub-Frame

180mm Airfoil Spiral Pivot in Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame
Vertical panel - Motorised vertical blades

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:42 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : 180mm airfoil louvre spiral pivot

section - motorised 180mm airfoil louvre spiral pivot on SUPER elam STREET structural frame
with sub-frame

super elam street structural sub-frame

section - manually operable 180 airfoil louvre spiral pivot

6.12

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.43

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:43
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 180mm airfoil louvres - end fixed

typical detail 3d model 180mm airfoil Louvres end fixed vertical panel

Blades can be set at any pitch and centres

Structural
aluminium box
and side channel
fixing

End fixed vertical panel

typical detail 3d model 180mm airfoil louvres end fixed overhead panel

Aluminium box strut

Blades can be set at any pitch and centres and side channel fixing

Fixing to building

End fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:44 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : 180mm end fixed airfoil louvre panels

Plan - end fixed 180mm airfoil louvre

Louvres outside side channel Within side channel

end caps required no end caps required

section - end fixed 180mm airfoil louvre

Louvres outside side channel Within side channel

end caps required no end caps required

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.45

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:45
 TECHNICAL DETAILS // 180mm AIRFOIL & 200mm MAXI LOUVRES -
BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE

typical detail : end fixed overhead sun louvres 180mm airfoils & 200mm maxi louvres
spans at a glance

overhead eyebrow louvres

OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES

calculations for blade
spans show
CALCULATIONS FORrange from
BLADE SPANS
SHOW RANGE FROM
Low Wind Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to
// Low
Extra Wind
High Zone
Wind 115km/h,
Zone 198km/h, 55m/s
32m/s to Very High Wind
Refer Engineering Details, Section 11
Zone 179km/h, 50m/s
Free Span Example
Refer Engineering Details, Section 12.

KEY
°
45

LF = Free span
LS15 = Strut @ 15
W LS30 = Strut @ 30
LO IGH
295
0 V .H LS45 = Strut @ 45
2 200 Plain Column:
Low - Med Wind Zone.
Ø20 SS Strut Support Example, Spans, End Fixed
Strut at Optimum 45° angle. 180mm Airfoil Louvre. Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s
Shaded Column:
High - VHigh Wind Zone.
Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s
°
45

W H
0 LO HIG
.
370 0V
260
Spans, End Fixed 200mm Maxi Louvre.

Ø42 SS Strut Support Example,

Strut at Optimum 45° angle.

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.46

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:46 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TECHNICAL DETAILS // ALUMINIUM BOX SECTION WALL STRUTS -
SPANS AT A GLANCE

typical detail : end fixed overhead wall struts for 180mm airfoils & 200mm maxi louvres
spans at a glance

overhead eyebrow detail

END FIXED 180mm & 200mm MAXI LOUVRES

// OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
800 600

LS30 LS30
900 700

LF LF LS45 LS45
Base Plate: 100 x 150 x 6mm 500 500 Strut Ø16mm 900 700
Box Section: 75 x 50 x 2.5mm Stainless steel
Channel: 75 x 25 x 3mm

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
1000 800

LS30 LS30
1200 1000

Base Plate: 100 x 225 x 6mm LF LF LS45 LS45

Box Section: 100 x 50 x 3mm Strut Ø20mm
700 600 Stainless steel 1200 1000
Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
1300 1100

LS30 LS30
1600 1300

Base Plate: 100 x 275 x 6mm LF LF LS45 LS45

Strut Ø42mm
Box Section: 150 x 50 x 3mm 1000 900 Stainless steel
Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm 1600 1400

8.26

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.47

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:47
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 180mm airfoil louvres - bracket fixed

typical detail 3d model 180mm airfoil Louvres bracket fixed vertical panel

Structural box section fixing angle

Blades can be set at any pitch and centres

Bracket fixed vertical panel

typical detail 3d model 180mm airfoil louvres bracket fixed overhead panel

Structural tee section

Blades can be set at any pitch and centres

Fixing to building

Bracket fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:48 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : bracket fixed 180mm airfoil louvre panels

plan - bracket fixed 180 airfoil louvre

cantilevered end expansion joint

section - bracket fixed 180 airfoil louvre

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.49

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:49
 TECHNICAL DETAILS // 180 AIRFOIL & 200 MAXI LOUVRES -
typical detail : bracketBLADE
fixedSPANS AT A GLANCE
overhead sun louvres 180mm airfoils & 200mm maxi louvres
spans at a glance

overhead eyebrow louvres

OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES

CALCULATIONS FOR BLADE SPANS SHOW RANGE FROM

calculations for blade
// Low Wind Zone 115km/h,
spans show32m/s rangeto Very High
from
Wind Zone 179km/h, 50m/s
Low Wind Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to
Extra
Refer Engineering High
Details, Wind12.Zone 198km/h, 55m/s
Section
Refer Engineering Details, Section 11

Base Pl
°

150 x 1
45

Box Sec
75 x 50
Angle:
w h
0 Lo V.Hig 50 x 50
295 0
220 Spans, Bracket Fixed 180mm Airfoil Louvre.

Max cantilever = 40% of mid span

Ø20 SS Strut Support Example, KEY

Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
LF = Free span
LS15 = Strut @ 15
LS30 = Strut @ 30 Base Pl
LS45 = Strut @ 45 225 x 1
Plain Column: Box Sec
Low - Med Wind Zone. 100 x 5
Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s Angle:
50 x 50
Shaded Column:
High - VHigh Wind Zone.
Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s
°
45

ow h
0L .Hig
370 600 V
2 Spans, Bracket Fixed 200mm Midi Louvre. Base Pl
275 x 1
Box Se
Max cantilever = 40% of mid span 150 x 5
Angle:
Ø42 SS Strut Support Example,
Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
50 x 50

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.50

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:50 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TECHNICAL DETAILS // ALUMINIUM BOX SECTION WALL STRUTS -
typical detail : bracket fixed overhead
SPANS ATwall struts for 180mm airfoils & 200mm maxi louvreS
A GLANCE
SPans at a glance

overhead eyebrow detail

180mm & 200mm LOUVRES

// OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL
GE FROM
High Free Span Strut Support
LS15 LS15
800 600

LS30 LS30
Base Plate: 900 700
150 x 100 x 6mm
Box Section:
LF LF LS45 LS45
75 x 50 x 2.5mm
Angle:
Base Plate: 120 x 100 x 6mm
500 500 Strut Ø16mm 900 700
‘T’ Section: 75 x 50 x 6mm Stainless steel
50 x 50 x 3mm

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
1100 900

Base Plate:
LS30 LS30
225 x 100 x 6mm
Box Section: 1200 1000
100 x 50 x 3mm
Angle: LF LF LS45 LS45
Base Plate: 170 x 100 x 6mm Strut Ø20mm
50 x 50 x 6mm 1300 1000
‘T’ Section: 100 x 50 x 6mm 700 600 Stainless steel

Free Span Strut Support

LS15 LS15
1400 1100

Base Plate: LS30 LS30

275 x 100 x 6mm 1600 1300
Box Section:
150 x 50 x 3mm LS45 LS45
Angle: Base Plate: 170 x 100 x 6mm LF LF Strut Ø42mm
1700 1400
50 x 50 x 6mm ‘T’ Section: 100 x 50 x 6mm 1000 900 Stainless steel

9.25
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.51
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:51
 sun louvres - airfoil overview

Technical details 200mm maxi louvre

200mm MAXI louvre

most specified maxi louvre
The 200mm Maxi louvre is the smallest in the Maxi Louvre range. It is also one
of Louvretec’s most specified louvres.

Popular for both commercial and residential use it is available in motorised or

hand operable Spiral Pivot, end or bracket fixed, horizontal or overhead panels.

Ideal for shade, shelter, adjustable privacy - the wide spanning capabilities and
elegant lines cover a wide range of installation options.

Elam Street Structural Frame frame - horizontal super Elam Street Structural Frame with sub-frame end fixed - vertical panels

end fixed - overhead panel bracket FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL bracket fixed - overhead panel

SURFACE COATINGS operating this sun louvre system - the choice is yours
A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC motors and sensors

Gearbox

7:52 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil specifications

technical details 200mm maxi louvre

blade specifications
Blade cover - opening system 188 mm Weight per lineal metre 2.75 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 14.63 kg/sqm Actual blade width 200 mm
Blade centres - opening system 188 mm

spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building Self wt 32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

Adjustable and Fixed - horizontal & vertical 3700 3700 3550 2950 2600 2350

installation options

spiral pivot system: calculate END FIXED Bracket fixed

optimum frame opening sizes Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre
Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades

step 1
16 blades x 188 centres 3008
1 blade at 200mm 200
17 blades =3208

step 2
Blade cover 3208
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10
Total exact opening height =3218 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 7:53
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 200mm maxi louvre spiral pivot

typical detail 3d models 200mm maxi louvres spiral pivot motorised + hand operable

Mounting to building
Structural Sub-Frame Mounting to building

Motor within Gearbox and handle

frame

Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame Elam Street Structural Frame
Vertical panel - Motorised horizontal blades Vertical panel - Hand operable horizontal blades

typical detail 3d model 200mm maxi louvre spiral pivot motorised

Mounting to building

Motor within frame

Structural Sub-Frame

200mm Maxi Louvre Spiral pivot in Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame
Vertical panel - Motorised vertical blades

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:54 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : motorised 200mm maxi louvre spiral pivot

section - motorised 200mm maxi louvre spiral pivot on super elam street structural frame
with sub-frame

super elam street structural sub-frame

section - motorised 200mm maxi louvre spiral pivot with top mounted motor
motor

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.55

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:55
 typical detail : hand operable 200mm spiral pivot airfoil louvre

section - manually operable 200 maxi louvre spiral pivot on super elam street structural frame

6.12

section - manually operable 200 maxi louvre spiral pivot

6.12

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.56

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:56 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 200mm maxi louvre end fixed

typical detail 3d model 200mm maxi louvre end fixed vertical panel

Side frame channels

Blades can be fixed to any pitch and centres fixed to structural
‘U’ channel

End fixed vertical panel

typical detail 3d model 200mm maxi louvre end fixed overhead panel

Stainless steel
support strut

Aluminium box strut

and side fixing channels Blades can be set at any pitch
and centres
End fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
11/02/2016
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:577:57
 typical detail : end fixed 200mm maxi louvre panels

plan - end fixed 200 maxi louvre

Louvres outside side channel Within side channel

end caps required no end caps required

section - end fixed 200 maxi louvre

Louvres outside side channel Within side channel

end caps required no end caps required

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.58

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:58 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 200mm maxi louvre bracket fixed

typical detail 3d model 200mm louvre bracket fixed vertical panel

Structural tee
Blades can be fixed to any pitch and centres section vertical
supports

Bracket fixed vertical panel

typical detail 3d model 200mm maxi louvre bracket fixed overhead panel

Structural tee
section struts
Blades can be fixed to any pitch and centres

Fixing to building

Bracket fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:59
 typical detail : bracket fixed 200mm maxi louvre Panels

plan - bracket fixed 200mm maxi louvre

cantilevered end expansion joint

section - bracket fixed 200mm maxifoil louvre

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.60

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:60 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil overview

technical details 300mm airfoil maxi louvre

300MM MAXI LOUVRE

elliptical shape
The 300mm Maxi Louvre is now available in a motorised option using
Louvretec’s new Maxi-Drive pivot system.
This new pivot system hides both the motor and pivot mechanism within a
structural aluminium support frame.
Powered by Somfy, Maxi-Drive incorporates both a reduction gearbox and
supporting drive arm, providing strength needed for pivoting large blade
louvres. Ideal for both residential and commercial applications.
Also available as end or bracket fixed, horizontal or vertical overhead panels.

Photo courtesy of Master Builders House Of The Year

motorised - 300 maxi louvre hand OPERABLE - 300 maxi louvre END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL

END FIXED - OVERHEAD panel BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL BRACKET FIXED - OVERHEAD PANEL

SURFACE COATINGS operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC motors and sensors

Gearbox

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:61
 sun louvres - airfoil specifications

technical details 300MM MAXI LOUVRE

blade specifications
Blade cover - opening system 288 mm Weight per lineal metre 5.66 kgm
Weight per square metre - opening system 19.64 kg/sqm Actual blade width 300 mm
Blade centres - opening system 288 mm

spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building Self wt 32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

Adjustable and Fixed - horizontal & vertical 4800 4800 4800 4200 3700 3350

installation options

END FIXED bracket fixed maxi-DRive calculate optimum frame

Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch pivot system opening sizes
Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre Width: Check engineering limits
Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades

step 1
16 blades x 288 4608
1 blade at 300 300
17 blades =4908

step 2
Blade cover 4908
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10
Total exact opening height =4918*
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.

7:62 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 300mm maxi drive pivot system

typical detail 3d model 300mm maxi drive motorised

Somfy motor

Structural frame
Drive side

Connecting arm

Passive side

Drive blade

Panels can be vertical, horizontal or overhead

Vertical motorised panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec
©Louvretec 2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved.
Technical specificationsTechnical details
subject to changesubject to change
without notice.without notice. 7:637:63
 typical detail : 300mm maxi-drive motorised

section - louvres closed

section - louvres open

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.64

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:64 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : 300mm maxi-drive HAND OPERABLE

section - LOUVRES CLOSED

section - LOUVRES OPEN

6.12

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.65

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:65
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 300mm MAXI LOUVRE END FIXED

typical detail 3d model 300mm maxi louvre END FIXED VERTICAL PANEL

Side fixing channels

fixed to structural
Blades can be fixed at any pitch and centres ‘U’ channel

End fixed vertical panel

typical detail 3d model 300mm maxi louvre end fixed overhead panel

Stainless steel support strut

Blades can be fixed at any pitch

Aluminium box strut to
and centres
side fixing channels
End fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:66 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : END FIXED 300MM MAXI LOUVRE PANELS

plan - end fixed 300mm maxi louvre

Louvres outside side channel On custom end caps/fixing plates

end caps required

section - end fixed 300mm maxi louvres

Louvres outside side channel On custom end caps/fixing plates

end caps required

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.67

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:67
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 300mm MAXI LOUVRE bracket FIXED

typical detail 3d model 300mm maxi louvre bracket FIXED VERTICAL PANEL

Structural tee
section vertical
Blades can be fixed at any pitch and centres supports

Bracket fixed vertical panel

typical detail 3d model 300mm maxi louvre bracket fixed overhead panel

Stainless steel support strut

Structural tee
Blades can be fixed at any pitch
section strut
and centres

End fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
7:68 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : bracket FIXED 300MM MAXI LOUVRE PANELS

plan - bracket fixed 300mm maxi louvre

cantilevered end expansion joint

section - bracket fixed 300mm maxi louvre

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.69

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:69
 typical detail : bracket fixed 300mm maxi louvre - eyebrow configuration

plan - bracket fixed 300mm maxi louvre - eyebrow

section - bracket fixed 300mm maxi louvre - eyebrow configuration

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.70

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:70 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil overview

technical details 600mm maxi louvre

600mm maxi louvre

largest louvre
The 600mm Maxi Louvre is the largest louvre in the range and while primarily
used in large spanning commercial projects it has also been specified for
residential use. A current trend being larger louvres specified in a wider range
of applications.

Available fully engineered motorised, end fixed or bracket fixed configurations.

600 maxi louvre - motorised end fixed - vertical panel bracket fixed - vertical panel

bracket fixed - vertical panel

SURFACE COATINGS operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:71
 sun louvres - airfoil specifications

technical details 600MM MAXI LOUVRE

blade specifications
Blade cover - opening system 588 mm Weight per lineal metre 14.74 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - blades fixed @ 600mm 24.62 kg/sqm Actual blade width 600 mm
Blade centres - opening system 588 mm

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building Self wt 32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
115 km/hr 133 km/hr 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39

Fixed vertical & horizontal 5800 5800 5600 4700 4100 3700

installation options

END FIXED bracket fixed maxi-DRive calculate optimum frame

Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch pivot system opening sizes
Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre Motorised Width: C heck engineering limits
Height: Calculation example showing 9 blades

step 1
8 blades x 588 4704
1 blade at 600 600
9 blades =5304

step 2
Blade cover 5304
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10
Total exact opening height =5314*
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.

7:72 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODEL

Technical details 600mm maxi louvre motorised

typical detail 3d model 600 maxi louvre motorised

Maxi-Drive Motorised 600mm Maxi Louvre

Motorised Panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:73
 typical detail : MAXI-DRIVE MOTORISED 600MM MAXI LOUVRE VERTICAL PANEL

section - louvres closed

section - maxi-drive motorised 600mm maxi louvre

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.74

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:74 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODEL

Technical details 600mm maxi louvre end fixed

typical detail 3d model 600 maxi louvre end fixed vertical panel

Custom louvre end cap/

fixing plate

Blades can be set at any pitch and centres

Aluminium or steel structural frame

(steel by others)

End fixed vertical panel - horizontal blades

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:75
 typical detail : end fixed 600mm maxi louvre

plan - end fixed 600mm maxi louvre

section - end fixed 600mm maxi louvre

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.76

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:76 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs

Technical details 600mm maxi louvre bracket fixed

typical detail 3d model 600mm maxi louvre bracket fixed vertical panel -
horizontal blades

Louvre fixing
bracket
Blades can be fixed at any pitch and centres

Bracket fixed - horizontal blades

typical detail 3d model 600mm maxi louvre bracket fixed vertical panel -
vertical blades

Blades can be set at any pitch and centres

Louvre fixing bracket

Bracket fixed - vertical blades

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 7:77
 typical detail : bracket fixed 600mm maxi louvre

plan - bracket fixed 600mm maxi louvre

cantilevered end

section - bracket fixed 600mm maxi louvre

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.78

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
7:78 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 RECTANGULAR
rectangular sun louvres
Sun Louvres Rectangular Overview 8.06 - 8.08
120 Flush panel 8.09 - 8.12 RECTANGULAR
200 Flush panel 8.13 - 8.17
125 Weatherboard panel 8.18 - 8.23
180 Weatherboard panel 8.24 - 8.29
150mm Helena Bay 8.30 - 8.33
95mm Bella Vista 8.34 - 8.37
95mm Bella Vista Heavy 8.38 - 8.41
135mm Hi Span 8.42 - 8.43
165mm Hi Span 8.44 - 8.50
RL 300 Square 8.51 - 8.52
RL 300 Mitre 8.53 - 8.54
RL 450 Square 8.55 - 8.56
RL 450 Mitre 8.57 - 8.58
RL 600 Square 8.59 - 8.60
RL 600 Mitre 8.61 - 8.76

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:01
8:02 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR

RECTANGULAR
SUN LOUVRES
rectangular sun louvres
Copy PG X
Copy PG X
Copy PG X
Louvretec’s collection of Rectangular shaped Sun Louvre PGblades.
X Copy
Copy PG X
A design alternative to conventional shaped
Copy louvre blades.PG X
rectangular sunlouvres
Copy PG X
Copy PG X
Copy PG X
Copy PG X
Copy PG X
Copy PG X

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8.03
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR GALLERY

1. 3.

2. 4.
Julian Guthrie Architecture

1. BOX SECTION CEILING LOUVRES 2. END FIXED LOUVRES 3.MOTORISED SUN LOUVRES 4. RECTANGULAR LOUVRES

8:04 ©Louvretec2017.
©Louvretec 2017All- All Rights
rights Reserved.
reserved. Technical
Technical specifications
details subject without
subject to change to change without notice.
notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR GALLERY

5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

5. 300MM BOX SECTION CEILING LOUVRES 6. LOUVRELINE PANELS CLOSED 7.180MM

1. PHOTO
LOUVRELINE
CAPTION PANELS
2. PHOTO
8. END
CAPTION
FIXED SUN
3. PHOTO
LOUVRES
CAPTION
9. LOUVRELINE
4. PHOTO
PANEL
CAPTION
OPEN

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice.
x : x 8:058:05
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

SUN LOUVRES
RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
the sun louvre rectangular range
Louvretec now offers a comprehensive range of both Airfoil and
Rectangular sun louvres.

Please refer Section 6 – Sun Louvres Overview to see the wide range
of configurations available.

This includes Spiral Pivot motorisation utilising Somfy motors,

controllers and home automation options.

Spiral Pivot systems can also be hand operable – there is also a range of
hand operated KISS Pivot sun louvre systems.

Louvretec’s Elam Street Frame for free standing motorised or hand

operated sun louvre systems is still available.

Louvretec has also developed a new free standing structural Super Elam
Street Frame with sub-frame which incorporates the fully hidden motor
(or gearbox) along with the Spiral Pivot operating mechanism within
the sub frame.

All the sun louvres can be end fixed or bracket fixed both in vertical
wall panels or horizontally overhead.

Please refer Section 7 in Sun Louvres – Airfoils for full details on our
Airfoil product range.

sun louvres - rectangular

Rectangular sun louvres provide a great alternative to traditional airfoil
shapes – and are particularly well suited to the clean minimalistic lines
of much of today’s modern architecture.

With sizes ranging from 95mm through to the new RL 600mm,

rectangular sun louvres now offers unprecedented options and choices.
Elegant designs all fully engineered and certified for residential and
commercial use.

8:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPANS AT A GLANCE

MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. EXTRA HIGH WIND EX LOW WIND SPEED
REFER TO SECTION 11 ENGINEERING REPORTS FOR FULL DETAILS ON BLADE SPANS. SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S 115KM/H 32M/S

RECTANGULAR SUN LOUVRES

9 DIFFERENT STYLES MAXIMUM SPANS OPERABLE

EX
1750MM

120 FLUSH PANEL 2500MM

EX
2250MM

200 FLUSH PANEL 3350MM

EX
1750MM

125 WEATHERBOARD 2500MM

EX
2100MM

180 WEATHERBOARD 3050MM

EX
2050MM

3050MM
150 HELENA BAY

EX
1450MM

2100MM
95 BELLA VISTA

EX
1900MM

2800MM
95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY

EX
3500MM

135 HI SPAN 4400MM

EX
3500MM

165 HI SPAN 4400MM

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8.05
8:07
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPANS AT A GLANCE

MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. EXTRA HIGH WIND EX LOW WIND SPEED
REFER TO SECTION 11 ENGINEERING REPORTS FOR FULL DETAILS ON BLADE SPANS. SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S 115KM/H 32M/S

RECTANGULAR LOUVRES

6 DIFFERENT STYLES MAXIMUM SPANS OPERABLE

EX
4050MM

RL 300 SQUARE 5800MM

EX
4050MM

5800MM
RL 450 SQUARE

EX
4050MM

RL 600 SQUARE 5800MM

EX
4050MM

RL 300 MITRE 5800MM

EX
4050MM

RL 450 MITRE 5800MM

EX
4050MM

RL 600 MITRE 5800MM

8:08 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 120MM FLUSH PANEL

120MM FLUSH PANEL

wall panel / sun louvre / balustrade
The 120mm and 200mm Louvreline Flush Panel louvre system provides
for an extensive range of applications.

Rectangular Louvres are available as Spiral Pivot motorised or hand

operable panels and provide a fully flush operable opening wall. Blades
can be run vertically or horizontally with each blade closing on to a
woolpile strip. The triple box section design allows for good spans both
vertically and horizontally.

ELAM STREET FRAME - VERTICAL MOTORISED SUPER ELAM STREET FRAME - HORIZONTAL HAND OPERABLE BALUSTRADE

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:09
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 120MM FLUSH PANEL

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 115 mm Weight per lineal metre 0.86 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 8 kg/sqm Actual blade width 120 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 115 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 2600 2500 2300 2050 1900 1750
Horizontal and Vertical
Fixed Vertical 3100 2900 2700 2500 2300 2050

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Height: Calculation example showing 18 blades Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre

STEP 1
17 blades x 115 1955
1 blade at 120 120
18 blades =2075

STEP 2
Blade cover 2075
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10
Total exact opening height =2085
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.

8:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 120MM FLUSH PANEL SPIRAL PIVOT

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 120MM FLUSH PANEL SPIRAL PIVOT HAND OPERABLE

gearbox and handle

Hand operable 125mm weatherboard balustrade.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 120MM FLUSH PANEL SPIRAL PIVOT HAND OPERABLE

mounting to
building
structural Sub- frame
motor within frame mounting to
building

motor cover

Super Elam Street Frame with sub-frame - ver tical panel, Elam Street ver tical panel, horizontal blades.
ver tical blades.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec
©Louvretec 2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved.
Technical specificationsTechnical details
subject to changesubject to change
without notice.without notice. 8:118:11
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 120MM SPIRAL PIVOT FLUSH PANEL

SECTION - MOTORISED 120 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STRUCTURAL FRAME

SECTION A

SECTION B

SECTION - MANUALLY OPERABLE 120 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT

SECTION A

SECTION B

6.12

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.12

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:12 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200MM FLUSH PANEL

200MM FLUSH PANEL

walll panel / sun louvre / balustrade
The 200mm Flush Panel louvre system is available as Spiral Pivot
motorised or hand operable providing a fully flush operable opening
wall. Blades can be run vertically or horizontally. Each blade closes on to
a woolpile strip. The triple box section design provides good spans both
vertically and horizontally. The slim 200mm blades are only 27mm deep
giving over 165mm clear space when opened. Choose either centre of
blade or rear pivot options. Rear pivot allows for close fitting alongside
aluminium window and door joinery.

200 FLUSH PANEL CENTRE PIVOT ELAM STREET FRAME - VERTICAL MOTORISED SUPER ELAM STREET FRAME - HORIZONTAL

200 FLUSH PANEL REAR PIVOT SUPER ELAM STREET FRAME WITH SUB FRAME - ELAM STREET FRAME - VERTICAL HAND OPERATED
VERTICAL MOTORISED

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:13
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 200MM FLUSH PANEL

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 192 mm Weight per lineal metre 2.67 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 13.95 kg/sqm Actual blade width 200 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 192 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 3500 3350 3000 2650 2450 2250
Horizontal and Vertical
Fixed Vertical 4200 3800 3400 3000 2800 2600

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

CALCULATE OPTIMUM SIZE END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

& FRAME BOTH SIDES
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Heigh: Calculation example showing Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre
17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 192crs 3072
1 blade at 200mm 200
17 blades =3272

STEP 2
Blade cover 3272
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm clearance @ ends 10
Total exact opening height =3282

8:14 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

PRODUCT DETAILS 200MM FLUSH PANEL SPIRAL PIVOT

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 200 FLUSH PANEL MOTORISED SPIRAL PIVOT LOUVRES - CENTRE
PIVOT

200 flush panel - centre pivot Elam Street ver tical panel, horizontal blades

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 200 FLUSH PANEL MOTORISED SPIRAL PIVOT LOUVRES - REAR PIVOT

200 flush panel - rear pivot Super Elam Street with sub frame ver tical panel.
ver tical blades
note: rear pivot louvres can only be used as ver tical blades

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec
©Louvretec 2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved.
Technical specificationsTechnical details
subject to changesubject to change
without notice.without notice. 5 8:15
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 200MM FLUSH PANEL - CENTRE PIVOT

SECTION - CENTRE PIVOT MOTORISED 200 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAME
WITH SUB FRAME

Super Elam Street structural frame

SECTION A
(CROSS SECTION)

SECTION B

SECTION - CENTRE PIVOT MANUALLY OPERABLE 200 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT

SECTION A
(CROSS SECTION)

6.12

SECTION B

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.16

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:16 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 200MM FLUSH PANEL - REAR PIVOT

SECTION - REAR PIVOT MOTORISED 200 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAME
WITH SUB FRAME

SECTION A

SECTION B

SECTION - REAR PIVOT MANUALLY OPERABLE 200 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL

6.12

SECTION A SECTION B

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.17

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:17
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 125MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL

125MM WEATHERBOARD
PANEL
wall panel / sun louvre / balustrade
The 125mm and 180mm Weatherboard louvre panels provide a similar
function with an alternative look to the Louvreline Flush panel louvres.
Available as Spiral Pivot motorised or hand operable as well as end or
bracket fixed. The blades can be run vertically or horizontally with each
blade closing on to a recessed woolpile strip which eliminates metal to
metal contact. When closed the mitred ends of the blades present a
classic weatherboard panel effect.

SUPER ELAM STREET FRAME WITH SUB-FRAME

HAND OPERABLE SCREEN ELAM STREET FRAME - VERTICAL MOTORISED
HORIZONTAL

END FIXED VERTICAL END FIXED OVERHEAD BRACKET FIXED OVERHEAD

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

8:18 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 125MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 115 mm Weight per lineal metre 1.33 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 12kg/sqm Actual blade width 125 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 115

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 2600 2500 2300 BLADES 2050 1900 1750
Horizontal and Vertical VERTICAL BLADES HORIZTONAL

Fixed Vertical 3100 2900 2700 2500 2300 2100

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre
Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 115 1840
1 blade at 125 125
17 blades =1965

STEP 2
Blade cover 1965
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10
Total exact opening height =1975 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 8:198:19
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 125MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 125MM WEATHERBOARD - SPIRAL PIVOT HAND OPERABLE SCREEN

gearbox and handle

Hand operable 125mm weatherboard screen. Refer 135 Hi-Span (NZ) pages 8:42 - 8:43.
Refer 165 Hi-Span (AUS) pages 8:44 - 8:45 for
compliant balustrade louvres.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 125MM WEATHERBOARD SPIRAL PIVOT MOTORISED LOUVRES

structural sub-frame mounting to

mounting to building
building motor cover

motor within frame

Super Elam Street structural frame with sub-frame Elam Street - ver tical panel, ver tical blades.
ver tical panel, horizontal blades.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
8:20 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 125MM WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE MOTORISED AND HAND OPERABLE

SECTION - MOTORISED 125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAME
WITH SUB-FRAME

super elam street structural sub-frame

SECTION A

SECTION B

SECTION - HAND OPERABLE 125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT

SECTION A

SECTION B
6.12

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.21

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:21
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 125MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 125MM WEATHERBOARD - END FIXED LOUVRES

blades can be set to any pitch

blades can be set to any pitch and centres
and centres
box section/end channel fixing
end channel fixing

End fixed ver tical panel. End fixed horizontal overhead panel.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 125MM WEATHERBOARD - BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES

structural box section/angle fixing

bracket fixed to structural
tee section

blades can be set to any pitch blades can be set to any pitch
and centres and centres

Bracket fixed ver tical panel. Bracket fixed overhead panel.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
8:22 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 125MM WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE END & BRACKET FIXED

PLAN - END FIXED PLAN - BRACKET FIXED

125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE 125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE

cantilevered end

SECTION - END FIXED SECTION - BRACKET FIXED

125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE 125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.23

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:23
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL

180MM WEATHERBOARD
PANEL
wall panel / sun louvre / balustrade
The 125mm and 180mm Weatherboard louvre panels provide a similar
function with an alternative look to the Louvreline Flush panel louvres.
Available as Spiral Pivot motorised, hand operable, end or bracket fixed.
The blades can run vertically or horizontally with each blade closing on to a
recessed woolpile strip which eliminates metal to metal contact. When closed
the mitred ends of the blades present a classic weatherboard panel effect. The
triple box section design ensures strength and great spanning characteristics.

SUPER ELAM STREET FRAME WITH SUB-FRAME

ELAM STREET FRAME - HORIZONTAL MOTORISED END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
-VERTICAL MOTORISED

END FIXED -OVERHEAD PANEL BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL 180 WEATHERBOARD PANEL

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

8:24 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 169 mm Weight per lineal metre 2.12 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 13 kg/sqm Actual blade width 180 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 169 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 3200 3050 2800 2500 2300 2100
Horizontal and Vertical
Fixed Vertical 3700 3500 3200 2850 2650 2450

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre
Heigh: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 169 2704
1 blade at 180 180
17 blades =2884

STEP 2
Blade cover 2884
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10
Total exact opening height =2894 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 8:258:25
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

PRODUCT DETAILS 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL - SPIRAL PIVOT MOTORISED AND
HAND OPERABLE VERTICAL PANEL WITH CENTRE PIVOT

Hand operable ver tical panel.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180MM WEATHERBOARD - HORIZONTAL PANEL WITH CENTRE PIVOT
IN ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAMES

mounting to mounting to
building building
structural sub-frame

motor cover
motor within frame

Super Elam Street with sub-frame - ver tical panel Elam Street ver tical panel, horizontal blades.
horizontal blades.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
8:26 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE - MOTORISED AND HAND OPERABLE

SECTION - MOTORISED 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON ELAM STRUCTURAL FRAME
WITH SUB-FRAME

SECTION A

SECTION B

SECTION - MANUALLY OPERABLE 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT

SECTION A

6.12 SECTION B

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.27

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:27
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

PRODUCT DETAILS 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180MM WEATHERBOARD END FIXED

end fixing channel

blades can be set to any pitch and centres

End fixed ver tical panel.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180MM WEATHERBOARD BRACKET FIXED

blades can be set to any pitch

and centres

structural tee section strut

Bracket fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
8:28 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL - END FIXED AND BRACKET FIXED

PLAN - END FIXED PLAN - BRACKET FIXED

180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE

SECTION - END FIXED SECTION - BRACKET FIXED

180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.29

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:29
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL

150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED

WEATHERBOARD PANEL
wall panel / sun louvre / balustrade
This blade has been specifically designed for end fixing or bracket fixing only.

The 45° mitred end of the blade presents a flush vertical face to the leading
edge of the panel.

The triple box section design provides excellent strength and spanning
capabilities for both vertical and horizontal panels..

END FIXED VERTICAL PANELS END FIXED OVERHEAD PANELS

BRACKET FIXED VERTICAL PANELS BRACKET FIXED OVERHEAD PANELS 150MM HELENA BAY 45 DEGREE FIXED WEATHERBOARD

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

8:30 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS - END OR BRACKET FIXED ONLY

Blade cover - opening system N/A Weight per lineal metre 1.5 kgm/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system N/A Actual blade width 148 mm
Blade Centres - opening system N/A

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 3200 3050 2750 2400 2200 2050
Horizontal and Vertical
Fixed Vertical 3600 3450 3150 2800 2550 2400

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 8:318:31
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

PRODUCT DETAILS 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL - END FIXED

End fixed ver tical panel. End fixed overhead panel.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL - BRACKET
FIXED

Bracket fixed ver tical panel. Bracket fixed overhead panel.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
8:32 ©Louvretec 2017
2017. -All
Allrights
Rightsreserved. Technical specifications
Reserved. Technical details subject
subject to change
to change without
without notice.notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL
END FIXED // BRACKET FIXED

PLAN - END FIXED PLAN - BRACKET FIXED

150 (HELENA BAY) 45º WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE 150 (HELENA BAY) 45º WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE

SECTION - END FIXED SECTION - BRACKET FIXED

150 (HELENA BAY) 45º WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE 150 (HELENA BAY) 45º WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.33

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:33
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 95MM BELLA VISTA

95MM BELLA VISTA

a rectangular option for infills
The Bella Vista family of two louvre blades is available in standard or
heavy versions and offers a rectangular option to the 90mm KISS Midi
Louvre. Available as a hand operated KISS Pivot system and offering the
advantages of fully adjustable louvres at little more than fixed louvre
prices. The rectangular blades close onto a woolpile strip and sit flush
when closed giving a pleasing contrast to traditional shaped louvres.
Particularly well suited to hinged or sliding shutters. Also available end
fixed.

95MM BELLA VISTA LOUVRE 95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PANEL END FIXED VERTICAL

END FIXED OVERHEAD 95MM BELLA VISTA SLIDING DOOR 95MM BELLA VISTA BIFOLD DOOR

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

8:34 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 95MM BELLA VISTA

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 90 mm Weight per lineal metre 0.68 lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 7.55 kg/sqm Actual blade width 95 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 90 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 2550 2100 1900 BLADES 1700 1550 1450
Horizontal and Vertical VERTICAL BLADES HORIZTONAL

Fixed Vertical 2600 2400 2200 1950 1800 1700

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

KISS PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre
Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 90 1440
1 blade at 95 95
17 blades =1535

STEP 2
Blade cover 1535
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
16mm + 16mm 32
Total exact opening height =1567 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:35
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

PRODUCT DETAILS 95MM BELLA VISTA

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILES 95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED

95mm Bella Vista kiss pivot panel. 95mm Bella Vista end fixed ver tical panel.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILES 95MM BELLA VISTA SLIDING AND BIFOLD DOORS

95mm Bella Vista in sliding door. 95mm Bella Vista in Bi-fold door.

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
8:36 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED

PLAN PLAN - END FIXED

95 BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT IN DOOR PANEL 95 BELLA VISTA IN DOOR PANEL

SECTION SECTION - END FIXED

95 BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT IN DOOR PANEL 95 BELLA VISTA IN DOOR PANEL

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.37

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:37
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY

95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY

ideal for exposed locations
The Bella Vista family of two louvre blades is available in standard or
heavy versions and offers a rectangular option to the 90mm KISS Midi
Louvre.
Bella Vista Heavy is a hand operated KISS Pivot system and shares all the
characteristics of the 95mm Bella Vista.
Designed to incorporate increased spanning capability this blade out
performs all other louvres in its class and is particularly well suited to
exposed locations.
Also available end fixed.

95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY BLADE 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PANEL END FIXED VERTICAL

END FIXED OVERHEAD 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY SLIDING DOOR 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY BIFOLD DOOR

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

8:38 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 90 mm Weight per lineal metre 0.91kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 10.1 kg/sqm Actual blade width 95 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 90 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 3000 2800 2550 BLADES 2250 2050 1900
Horizontal and Vertical VERTICAL BLADES HORIZTONAL

Fixed Vertical 3300 3150 2900 2550 2350 2200

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

CALCULATE OPTIMUM END FIXED

FRAME OPENING SIZES Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre
Heigh: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 90 1440
1 blade at 95 95
17 blades =1535

STEP 2
Blade cover 1535
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
16mm + 16mm 32
Total exact opening height =1567 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size. Louvres can be any pitch any centre.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:39
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

PRODUCT DETAILS 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILES 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED

95mm Bella Vista Heavy KISS pivot panel 95mm Bella Vista Heavy end fixed ver tical panel

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILES 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY SLIDING AND BIFOLDING DOORS

95mm Bella Vista Heavy in sliding door 95mm Bella Vista Heavy in bifold door

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
8:40 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
END FIXED / KISS PIVOT

PLAN PLAN - END FIXED

95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT IN DOOR PANEL 95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY IN DOOR PANEL

SECTION SECTION - END FIXED

95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT IN DOOR PANEL 95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY IN DOOR PANEL

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.41

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:41
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES

135MM HI-SPAN
BALUSTRADE LOUVRES
operable balustrades

The 135mm Hi-Span louvre has been designed to provide an operable

Spiral pivoting louvre suitable to be used as a balustrade system in NZ.
The louvre is to be used as an infill panel only and does not include
structural horizontal or vertical balustrade supports.
Structural balustrade support by others.

TECHNICAL DETAILS BALUSTRADES

NZ AND AUSTRALIAN
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS
This is a general guideline outlining some key requirements
as at the time of printing. Please confirm all details with your
local regulatory authority prior to balustrade installation.

1. A barrier is required when somone could fall verticallly

1m or more.

2. Balustrade or barrier must be 1m high and of adquate

strength to cope with people pressing against it.

3. Ensure nowhere on the balustrade a child can get a foot

hold between 150mm & 750mm above the deck surface
to climb over the balustrade or fall through.

4. In NZ the maximum opening between balustrade

verticals is 100mm.

5. In Australia the maximum opening between balustrade

verticals is 125mm.

SPIRAL PIVOT OPERABLE 135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE CAN ALSO BE END FIXED

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS BALUSTRADE LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

8:42 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES (NOTE ACTUAL BLADE WIDTH 138MM)

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 130 mm Weight per lineal metre 2.16 kgm/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 16.4 kg/sqm Actual blade width 138 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 130 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed - 4850 4400 4400 BLADES 4100 3700 3500
Horizontal and Vertical VERTICAL BLADES HORIZTONAL

Adjustable and Fixed -Balustrade 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre
Heigh: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 130 2080
1 blade at 138 138
17 blades =2218

STEP 2
Blade cover 2218
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10
Total exact opening height =2228 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 8:438:43
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES

165MM HI-SPAN
BALUSTRADE LOUVRES
operable balustrades
The 165mm Hi-Span louvre has been designed to provide an
operable Spiral pivoting louvre suitable to be used as a balustrade
system in Australia.
The louvre is to be used as an infill panel only and does not include
structural horizontal or vertical balustrade supports. Structural
balustrade support by others.

TECHNICAL DETAILS BALUSTRADES

NZ AND AUSTRALIAN
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS
This is a general guideline outlining some key requirements
as at the time of printing. Please confirm all details with your
local regulatory authority prior to balustrade installation.

1. A barrier is required when somone could fall verticallly

1m or more.

2. Balustrade or barrier must be 1m high and of adquate

strength to cope with people pressing against it.

3. Ensure nowhere on the balustrade a child can get a foot

hold between 150mm & 750mm above the deck surface
to climb over the balustrade or fall through.

4. In NZ the maximum opening between balustrade

verticals is 100mm.

5. In Australia the maximum opening between balustrade

vertcials is 125mm.
Structural balustrade horizontal and vertical
Supports by others

SPIRAL PIVOT OPERABLE 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE CAN ALSO BE END FIXED

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOUR

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

8:44 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES (NOTE ACTUAL WIDTH 163MM)

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 155 mm Weight per lineal metre 2.556 kg/lm
Weight per square metre - opening system 16.4 kg/sqm Actual blade width 163 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 155 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 4950 4500 4500 BLADES 4200 3800 3500
Vertical and Horizontal VERTICAL BLADES HORIZTONAL

Spans for Balustrades 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Louvres at any pitch
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre
Heigh: Calculation example showing 17 blades

STEP 1
16 blades x 155 2480
1 blade at 163 163
17 blades =2643

STEP 2
Blade cover 2643
+ top and bottom closing
angles allow for
5mm + 5mm 10
Total exact opening height =2655 *
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 8:458:45
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

PRODUCT DETAILS 135MM AND 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE - SPIRAL PIVOT HAND
OPERABLE

135mm Hi-span balustrade - full height and balustrade height operable Spiral Pivot panel.
Structural balustrade horizontal and ver tical. Suppor ts done by others.

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE - SPIRAL PIVOT MOTORISED

Super Elam Street structural frame with sub-frame Elam Street ver tical panel - ver tical blades
ver tical panel - horizontal louvres

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
8:46 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical
2017 - Alldetails
Rightssubject
Reserved. Technical
to change specifications
without notice. subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE

SECTION - MOTORISED 135 HI-SPAN LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAME WITH
SUB-FRAME

SECTION A

SECTION B

SECTION - MANUALLY OPERABLE 135 HI-SPAN LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT

SECTION A

SECTION B
6.12

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.47

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:47
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE

SECTION - MOTORISED 165 HI-SPAN LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAME WITH
SUB-FRAME

SECTION A
SECTION A

SECTIONSECTION
B B

SECTION - MANUALLY OPERABLE 165 HI-SPAN LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT

SECTION A

6.12 SECTION B

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.48

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:48 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

TECHNICAL DETAILS 135MM AND 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES - END FIXED

135mm Hi Span louvres - end fixed ver tical panel 135mm Hi Span louvres - end fixed overhead panel

TYPICAL DETAIL BIM 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES - END FIXED

165mm Hi-Span louvre end fixed ver tical panel 165mm Hi-Span louvres end fixed overhead panel

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec
©Louvretec 2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved.
Technical specificationsTechnical details
subject to changesubject to change
without notice.without notice. 8:498:49
 TYPICAL DETAIL : 135MM AND 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES END FIXED

PLAN - END FIXED PLAN - END FIXED

135 HI SPAN LOUVRE 165 HI SPAN LOUVRE

SECTION - END FIXED SECTION - END FIXED

135 HI SPAN LOUVRE 165 HI SPAN LOUVRE

Louvres outside
of frame, end caps
required

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.50

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:50 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 300 SQUARE LOUVRE

RL 300 SQUARE LOUVRE

rectangular louvre
Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL
300 Square is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to
meet demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are
available - the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its
partner blade the RL 300 Mitre (see over page). Both RL 300 louvres
can be Maxi-Drive motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design
and engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end or bracket fixing systems ensures
a clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities.
For both commercial and residential applications.

OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM HAND OP. END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL

END FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD PANEL

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:51
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 300 SQUARE LOUVRE

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 307 mm Weight per lineal metre 5.45 kgm
Weight per square metre - opening system 18.5 sqm Actual blade width 300 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 307 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050
Horizontal and Vertical
Fixed Vertical 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Height: Calculation example showing 10 blades Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre

9 blades x 307 2763

1 blade at 300 300
10 blades =3063

8:52 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 300 MITRE LOUVRE

RL 300 MITRE LOUVRE

rectangular louvre
Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL
300 Mitre is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to meet
demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are available
- the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its partner
blade the RL 300 Square (see previous pg). Both RL 300 louvres can
be Maxi-Drive Motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design and
engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end & bracket fixing systems ensures a
clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities.
For both commercial and residential applications.

OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM HAND OP. END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL

END FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD PANEL

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:53
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 300 MITRE LOUVRE

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 307 mm Weight per lineal metre 5.45 kgm
Weight per square metre - opening system 18.5 sqm Actual blade width 300 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 307 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050
Vertical and Horizontal
Fixed Vertical 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Height: Calculation example showing 10 blades Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre

9 blades x 307 2763

1 blade at 300 300
10 blades =3063

8:54 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 450 SQUARE LOUVRE

RL 450 SQUARE LOUVRE

rectangular louvre
Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL
450 Square is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to
meet demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are
available - the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its
partner blade the RL 450 Mitre (see over pg). Both RL 450 louvres can
be Maxi-Drive motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design and
engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end & bracket fixing systems ensures a
clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities.
For both commercial and residential applications.

OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM HAND OP. END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL

END FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD PANEL

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:55
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 450 SQUARE LOUVRE

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 457 mm Weight per lineal metre 8.27 kgm
Weight per square metre - opening system 18.5 sqm Actual blade width 450 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 457 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050
Vertical and Horizontal
Fixed Vertical 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Height: Calculation example showing 10 blades Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre

9 blades x 457 4113

1 blade at 450 450
10 blades = 4563

8:56 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 450 MITRE LOUVRE

RL 450 MITRE LOUVRE

rectangular louvre
Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL
450 Mitre is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to meet
demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are available
- the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its partner
blade the RL 450 Square (see previous pg). Both RL 450 louvres can
be Maxi-Drive motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design and
engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end & bracket fixing systems ensures a
clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities.
For both commercial and residential applications.

OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM HAND OP. END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL

END FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD PANEL

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:57
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 450 MITRE LOUVRE

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 457 mm Weight per lineal metre 8.27 kgm
Weight per square metre - opening system 18.5 sqm Actual blade width 450 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 457 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050
Vertical and Horizontal
Fixed Vertical 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Height: Calculation example showing 10 blades Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre

9 blades x 457 4113

1 blade at 450 450
10 blades =4563

8:58 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 600 SQUARE LOUVRE

RL 600 SQUARE LOUVRE

rectangular louvre
Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL
600 Square is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to
meet demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are
available - the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its
partner blade the RL 600 Mitre (see next pg). Both RL 600 louvres can
be Maxi-Drive motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design and
engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end & bracket fixing systems ensures a
clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities.
For both commercial and residential applications.

END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL END FIXED - HORIZONTAL PANEL BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL PANEL
T
EN
PM
O
EL
EV
D
ER
D
N
U
N
O
TI
SA
RI
TO
O
M

BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL MAXI DRIVE MOTORISATION UNDER DEVELOPMENT

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC MOTORS AND SENSORS

GEARBOX

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:59
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 600 SQUARE LOUVRE

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 607 mm Weight per lineal metre 11.10 kgm
Weight per square metre - opening system 19.0 sqm Actual blade width 600 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 607 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050
Vertical and Horizontal
Fixed Vertical 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Height: Calculation example showing 8 blades Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre

7 blades x 607 4259

1 blade at 600 600
8 blades =4849

8:60 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 600 MITRE LOUVRE

RL 600 MITRE LOUVRE

rectangular louvre
Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The
RL 600 Mitre is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to
meet demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are
available - the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its
partner blade the RL 600 Square (see previous pg). Both RL 600 louvres
can be Maxi-Drive motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design
and engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end & bracket fixing systems ensures a
clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities.
For both commercial and residential applications.

END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL END FIXED - HORIZONTAL PANEL BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL PANEL

BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL MAXI DRIVE MOTORISATION UNDER DEVELOPMENT

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED LOUVRETEC

GEARBOX

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:61
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 600 MITRE LOUVRE

BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
Blade cover - opening system 607 mm Weight per lineal metre 11.10 kgm
Weight per square metre - opening system 19.0 sqm Actual blade width 600 mm
Blade Centres - opening system 607 mm

SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.

WIND ZONE INSIDE LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH EXTRA HIGH

Factored wind speed at building 32m/s 37m/s 44m/s 50m/s 55m/s

115km/hr 133km/hr 158km/hr 179km/hr 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) +0.92 & -1.15 +1.23 & -1.53 +1.74 & -2.17 +2.24 & -2.80 +2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed 5800 5800 5800 5100 4500 4050
Vertical and Horizontal
Fixed Vertical 5800 5800 5800 5100 4500 4050

INSTALLATION OPTIONS

MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE END FIXED BRACKET FIXED

OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES
Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any pitch
Height: Calculation example showing 8 blades Louvres at any centre Louvres at any centre

7 blades x 607 4249

1 blade at 600 600
8 blades =4849

8:62 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS

PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300 & RL 450 SQUARE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300 & RL 450 SQUARE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:63
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 300 & RL 450 SQUARE LOUVRES

SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 300 SQUARE LOUVRE

SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 450 SQUARE LOUVRE

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.64

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:64 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300 & RL 450 MITRE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300 & RL 450 MITRE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:65
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 300 & RL 450 MITRE LOUVRES

SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 300 MITRE LOUVRE

SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 450 MITRE LOUVRE

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.66

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:66 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS RL 600 SQUARE & RL 600 MITRE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 600 SQUARE & RL 600 MITRE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:67
 TYPICAL DETAIL : MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 600 SQUARE & RL 600 MITRE LOUVRES

SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 600 SQUARE LOUVRES CLOSED

SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 600 SQUARE LOUVRES OPEN

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.68

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:68 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300/450/600 SQUARE END FIXED LOUVRES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300/450/600 SQUARE END FIXED LOUVRES

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:69
 TYPICAL DETAIL : END FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRES

PLAN - END FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRE

SECTION - END FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRE

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.70

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:70 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300/450/600 MITRE END FIXED LOUVRES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300/450/600 MITRE END FIXED LOUVRES

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:71
 TYPICAL DETAIL : END FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRES

PLAN - END FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRE

SECTION - END FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRE

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.72

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:72 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300/450/600 SQUARE BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300/450/600 SQUARE BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:73
 TYPICAL DETAIL : BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRES

PLAN - BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRE

SECTION - BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRE

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.74

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:74 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL

PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300/450/600 MITRE BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES

TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300/450/600 MITRE BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 8:75
 TYPICAL DETAIL : BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRES

PLAN - BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRE

cantilevered end

SECTION - BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRE

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 8.76

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
8:76 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
NOTES
 coastal series aluminium shutters
Overview 9.06 - 9.09
Sliding shutters 9.10 - 9.19
Bifolding shutters 9.20 - 9.26
Hinged louvre doors 9.27 - 9.33
Hinged louvre and Plantation shutters 9.34 - 9.35
SHUTTERS

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:01
9:02 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SHUTTERS - COASTAL SERIES
ALUMINIUM SHUTTERS

Coastal Series Aluminium Shutters

A flawlessly smooth operation

©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice. 9:03
 SHUTTERS GALLERY

1. 1 2.

3. 4.

1. 90MM KISS PIVOT BIFOLDS 2. 70MM KISS PIVOT SLIDERS 3. 70MM FIXED IN SLIDING DOOR 4. 90MM KISS PANELS

9:04 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SHUTTERS GALLERY

6. 7.

7. 8.

5. 70MM KISS PIVOT SLIDING DOORS 6. 90MM PLANTATION SHUTTERS 7. 95MM BELLA VISTA SLIDING SHUTTERS 8.70MM KISS PIVOT SHUTTERS

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:059:05
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

COASTAL SERIES SHUTTERS SLIDING DOOR/SLIDING WINDOW

sliding, bifolding and hinged shutter systems

for doors and windows
Designed to operate in the harshest of conditions, Louvretec’s new
Coastal Series Shutters offers a wide range of design options.

Custom made to meet the most demanding design

and performance criteria.

All Louvretec Coastal Shutters are manufactured from

commercial grade powdercoated or anodised aluminium. BIFOLD DOOR/BIFOLD WINDOW

All sliding, bifolding or hinged componentry have completed

extensive corrosion resistant testing and are constructed
using 300 series stainless steel, with componentry die-cast in
316 marine grade.

With Louvretec’s extensive range of louvre shapes and sizes,

matched with a range of door frames for all sliding, bifold
or hinged installations Louvretec Coastal series offers a
premium range of shutters for a wide variety of applications.

HINGED DOOR/
HINGED PLANTATION SHUTTER

9:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

TOP HUNG SLIDERS -

CARRIAGE WITHIN HEAD TRACK
SLIDING, BIFOLDING, HINGED
SHUTTERS SYSTEMS
details at a glance - for doors and windows
Sliding louvre shutters vary considerably from glazed
aluminium joinery sliding doors. Glazed aluminium
joinery doors generally fit within a four sided outer frame
with the glass assisting with the bracing of the sliding
panel. Sliding louvre shutters generally fit to the outside
of the building, deck or within a prepared opening and as
such only have top and bottom tracks and guides.

BOTTOM ROLLING SLIDER

top hung or bottom rolling?
Top hung shutters have the advantage of being held
captive within the top track. A minimal bottom guide
only is required.

Bottom rolling shutters do not require structural fixing at

the head with all the weight being on the bottom track.
They are easy to operate, particularly with larger doors.

transom
Adjustable louvres provide no lateral bracing for
the sliding panel and in most cases for shutters over
1500mm wide a transom is required.

MULLION AND TRANSOM Fixed louvres however provide excellent lateral bracing
eliminating the need for a transom.

mullion
As generally smaller 70mm - 100mm louvres are used
in sliding shutters a mullion may be required in shutters
over 1200mm - 1500mm wide in order to meet
spanning requirements.

shutter weight
Calculating the weight of a sliding louvred shutter allow
with Mullion with Transom 15kg per sqm. This includes louvres, outer frame mullions
and transoms if required.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:079:07
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

COASTAL SERIES SHUTTERS KISS PIVOT SYSTEM

COMPATIBLE AIRFOIL BLADES
sliding, bifolding and hinged shutter systems for
doors and windows

KISS pivot system

The upgraded KISS Pivot system operates by the use of double drive arms
that sit flush against the frame when the louvres are closed.

For added strength the flush fixed slide lock sites within the blade and now
features a marine grade s/s locking pin.

Select from a choice of five louvre blades.

70 Mini, 90mm Midi, 150mm Midi,
95mm Bella Vista, 95mm Bella Vista Heavy

end fixed END FIXED COMPATIBLE

All of the Kiss Pivot blades listed above, shown can be end fixed. AIRFOIL BLADES

For larger fixed louvres consider:

AIRFOIL LOUVRES - 120mm and 180mm Airfoils.

RECTANGULAR LOUVRES - 125mm and 180mm Weatherboard

150mm Helena Bay

9:08 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES SHUTTERS

TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL SERIES SLIDING DOOR &

SLIDING SHUTTER EXTENSIONS
WINDOW EXTRUSIONS

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale 1:2 @ A4
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:20 @ A4 FILE: 9.09 Auckland, New Zealand
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject Manual
to change without 2016Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
notice. ® F +64 (9) 415 4990
9:09
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG

COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG

SLIDING SHUTTER & WINDOW
external shutter systems
Coastal 120 Sliders are designed for top hung sliding shutter doors and
windows weighing up to a maximum finished panel weight of 120kg.

Typically allow between 12kg - 14kg per sqm when calculating weight of slider.

Contact Louvretec regarding structual design of panel.

COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING SHUTTER COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING WINDOW

1200 1500
2000

2400 2000
3000

GUIDELINES AT A GLANCE - MAXIMUM PANEL SIZES

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Hand Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

9:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS AND WINDOWS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS &
TYPICAL
WINDOWS, DETAIL:
70mm;COASTAL 120 TOP
90mm; 150mm KISS HUNG SLIDING
PIVOT & END DOORS &
FIXED PANEL.
TYPICAL DETAIL:
END FIXED 70MM
COASTAL 120 TOP
KISS PIVOT 70MM
HUNG SLIDING
WINDOWS, 70mm; 90mm; 150mm KISS PIVOT & END FIXED PANEL. DOORS &
WINDOWS, 70mm; 90mm; 150mm KISS PIVOT & END FIXED PANEL.

END FIXED 90MM KISS PIVOT 90MM

END FIXED 150MM KISS PIVOT 150MM

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale Varies@ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
File
Date Modified FileName
16/01/2017 PO
P Box+64
300 (9)
328415
Albany
4949
Scale
File Varies @ A4
FileName
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® Auckland,
F +64New Zealand
(9) 415 4990
Date © Modified 16/01/2017 PO Box 300 328 Albany
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 9.11 Scale Varies @ A4
2016 All rights reserved PE [email protected]
+64 (9) 415 4949
Auckland, New Zealand
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
Product Technical
Manual 2016Date Modified
Details Louvretec
subject to16/01/2017
®
NZ Ltd/Louvretec
change Aust. Pty
without notice F W www.louvretec.co.nz
+64 (9) 415 4990
P +64 (9) 415 9:11
4949
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® F +64 (9) 415 4990
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS AND WINDOWS

TYPICAL DETAIL:
END FIXED 95MM COASTAL
BELLA VISTA 120 TOP HUNG
KISS PIVOT SLIDING
95MM BELLADOORS
VISTA & WINDOWS 95mm BELLA VISTA;
95mm BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PIVOT PANELS.

TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS & WINDOWS 95mm BELLA VISTA;
95mm BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PIVOT PANELS.

END FIXED 95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY

File FileName
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 PO Box
FILE: 9.12 300 328 Albany
Scale Varies @ A4
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au Auckland, New Zealand
9:12 Date Modified 16/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject toPchange +64 (9)
without 415 4949
notice.

Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty

® F +64 (9) 415 4990
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
W www.louvretec.co.nz
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING SHUTTER AND WINDOW

COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG

SLIDING SHUTTER & WINDOW
external shutters
Heavy duty Coastal 250 sliders are designed for top hung sliding windows and
doors weighing up to a maximum finished panel weight of 250kg.

Typically allow between 12kg-14kg per sqm when calculating weight of slider.
Larger panel sliders may require additional mullion and be subject to approved
engineering to suit wind zone. Contact Louvretec regarding structural design of
panel.

COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING SHUTTER COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG TWO PANEL SLIDER

3000
4000 5000

3300 3300 3300

GUIDELINES AT A GLANCE - MAXIMUM PANEL SIZES

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Hand Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:139:13
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS
70mm; 90mm;
TYPICAL DETAIL: 150mm KISS250
COASTAL PIVOT TOP& HUNG
END FIXED PANELS.
SLIDING DOORS
END FIXED 70MM KISS PIVOT 70MM
TYPICAL
70mm; DETAIL:
90mm; COASTAL
150mm 250 TOP
KISS PIVOT & ENDHUNG SLIDING
FIXED DOORS
PANELS.
70mm; 90mm; 150mm KISS PIVOT & END FIXED PANELS.

END FIXED 90MM KISS PIVOT 90MM

END FIXED 150MM KISS PIVOT 150MM

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale Varies@ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
File Date Modified FileName
16/01/2017 PO BoxP 300 +64
328 (9)Albany
415 4949
Scale Varies®@ A4 F
Auckland, +64
New (9) 415 4990
Zealand
Product Manual
File 2016 Louvretec
FileName NZ Ltd/Louvretec
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 Aust. Pty FILE: 9.14
Date Modified
© 16/01/2017 PO
P Box E +64 300 (9)328
415Albany
[email protected]
4949
Scale 2016 All rights
Varies reserved
@ A4
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
Auckland, New Zealand
9:14 Technical
Product Manual 2016 Details subject
Louvretec
®
to
NZ change without
All rightsnotice
Ltd/Louvretec
©Louvretec 2017. Aust. Pty
reserved. F
Technical details subject W +64
to change www.louvretec.co.nz
(9) 415
without 4990
notice.
Date
© Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
E [email protected]
2016 All rights reserved
ProductTechnical
Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec F +64 (9) 415 4990
W www.louvretec.co.nz
without noticeAust. Pty
®
Details subject to change
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS

END FIXED 95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT 95MM BELLA VISTA
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS
95mm BELLA VISTA; 95mm BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PIVOT PANELS

TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS

95mm BELLA VISTA; 95mm BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PIVOT PANELS

END FIXED 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 9.15

File FileName
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Varies @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand9:15
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® F +64 (9) 415 4990
© E [email protected]
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 80 BOTTOM ROLLING

COASTAL 80 BOTTOM
ROLLING SLIDING SHUTTERS
external shutters systems
Coastal 80 sliders are designed for bottom rolling windows and doors with a
maximum finished panel weight of 80kg.

Typically allow between 12kg-14kg per sqm when calculating weight of slider.

Contact Louvretec regarding structual design of panel.

COASTAL 80 BOTTOM ROLLING SLIDING SHUTTER COASTAL 80 BOTTOM ROLLING 3 PANEL SLIDING WINDOW

1200
1200 2000

2400 2000
3000

GUIDELINES AT A GLANCE - MAXIMUM PANEL SIZES

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR SHUTTERS INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Hand Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

9:16 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 200 BOTTOM ROLLING SLIDING SHUTTER

COASTAL 200 BOTTOM

ROLLING SLIDING SHUTTER
external shutters
Heavy duty Coastal 200 sliders are designed for bottom rolling sliding windows
and doors weighing up to a maximum finished panel weight of 200kg.

Typically allow between 12kg-14 kg per sqm when calculating weight of slider.
Larger panel sliders may require additional mullion and be subject to approved
engineering to suit wind zone. Contact Louvretec regarding structual design of
panel.

COASTAL 200 BOTTOM ROLLING SLIDING SHUTTER COASTAL 200 BOTTOM ROLLING TWO PANEL SLIDING SHUTTER

4000
3000 5000 2400
3000
3300

GUIDELINES AT A GLANCE - MAXIMUM PANEL SIZES

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Hand Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:179:17
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 80 AND 200 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS AND WINDOWS
TYPICAL DETAIL:COASTAL 200 & 80 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS &
TYPICAL
WINDOWS DETAIL:COASTAL 200 & KISS
70mm; 90mm ;150mm 80 BOTTOM ROLLING
PIVOT & DOORS
END-FIXED &
PANELS
END FIXED 70MM KISS PIVOT 70MM
TYPICAL DETAIL:COASTAL
WINDOWS 200 &
70mm; 90mm ;150mm 80 BOTTOM
KISS PIVOT &ROLLING DOORS
END-FIXED &
PANELS
WINDOWS 70mm; 90mm ;150mm KISS PIVOT & END-FIXED PANELS

END FIXED 90MM KISS PIVOT 90MM

END FIXED 150MM KISS PIVOT 150MM

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale Varies @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
File FileName
Date Modified 16/01/2017 PO
P Box+64 300(9)328415Albany
4949
Scale Varies @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
File FileName
DATE NZ
MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FPO +64
FILE: 9.18 (9)328
415Albany
4990
Product ManualDate
2016Modified
Louvretec Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
®
16/01/2017 P Box 300
+64 (9) 415 4949
Scale
© Varies @ A4
www.louvretec.co.nz
2016 All rights www.louvretec.com.au E [email protected]
®reserved F Auckland,
+64 (9)New
415 Zealand
4990
withoutxnotice.
+64 (9): x
9:18 ProductTechnical
Manual 2016
Date
Details Louvretec
Modified
subject to NZ Ltd/Louvretec
16/01/2017
©Louvretec
change Aust.Technical
2017. All rights reserved.
without notice Pty details subject to W
changewww.louvretec.co.nz
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected] 4949
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec
®
NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty W F www.louvretec.co.nz
+64 (9) 415 4990
Technical Details subject to change without notice
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 80 AND 200 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS AND WINDOWS

TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTALKISS

END FIXED 95MM BELLA VISTA
200&80 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS & WINDOWS
PIVOT 95MM BELLA VISTA
BELLA VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PANELS

TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 200&80 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS & WINDOWS

BELLA VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PANELS

END FIXED 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 9.19 Scale Varies @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 4159:19
4949
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® F +64 (9) 415 4990
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

BIFOLDING SHUTTER TWO PANEL BIFOLD DOORS

SYSTEMS
bifolding shutter systems for doors and windows
Louvretec Bifold Doors effortlessly slide open with panels following suit,
neatly stacking against the wall

Louvretec Coastal series bifolding doors are available in two sizes.

1. Bifolding Coastal 25
-Designed around a maximum panel weight of 25kg

2. Bifolding Coastal 100

-Designed around a maximum panel weight of 100kg
FOUR PANEL BIFOLD DOORS

top hung
All Coastal Series bifolds are top hung.

As multi-panel bifolds can load considerable weight to the top track

suitable fixing at the head is essential - please contact Louvretec for
specific weight loadings.

transom
A transom is standard on all Coastal Bifolds.

shutter weight
Calculating the weight of a bifolding louvered shutter allow 12-14 kg per
sqm. This includes louvres, outer frame mullions and transom. TYPICAL TOP HUNG DETAILS

mix and match

The same options that are available to our sliding shutters are available to
our bifold shutters - these being the KISS Pivot and end fixed.

9:20 x :x ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 25 AND COASTAL 100 BIFOLDING CONFIGURATIONS

TWO PANEL BIFOLD

THREE PANEL BIFOLD

SLIDING TO ONE SIDE

THREE PANEL BIFOLD

ONE PANEL HINGED

ODD NUMBER OF
BIFOLD PANELS
SLIDING TO ONE SIDE

EVEN NUMBER OF
BIFOLD PANELS
SLIDING TO ONE SIDE

ODD NUMBER OF
BIFOLD PANELS
ONE PANEL HINGED

ODD NUMBER OF
BIFOLD PANELS

NOTES: OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

ARE POSSIBLE BASED ON
MAXIMUM LEAF WEIGHT 60KG THESE OPTIONS
MAXIMUM LEAF WIDTH 900MM
MAXIMUM LEAF HEIGHT 3300MM

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 9.21

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:21
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES BIFOLD DOOR AND WINDOW EXTRUSIONS AND HARDWARE
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL SERIES BI-FOLDS
DOOR & WINDOW EXTRUSIONS AND HARDWARE

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale Varies @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec F +64 (9) 415 4990
DATE NZ Ltd/Louvretec
: 01/01/2017 Aust. SCALE:
Pty NTS
®
MODIFIED FILE: 9.22
©
2016 All rightswww.louvretec.co.nz
reserved E [email protected]
www.louvretec.com.au
Technical Details subject to change2017.
without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
9:22 ©Louvretec All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 25 BIFOLD WINDOWS AND DOORS

COASTAL 25 BIFOLD WINDOWS

external shutters
Coastal 25 Bifolding shutters are designed for windows and door panels
weighing up to a maximum finished panel weight of up to 25kg.

Typically allow between 12-14kg per sqm when calculating weight of a Bifold
panel.

Maximum panel size 2100mm (h) x 800mm (w).

COASTAL 25 BIFOLDING DOORS - 2 PANEL DOOR SHOWN COASTAL 25 PANELS UP TO 1500 (H) MAY GO TO 900 (W)

900MM MAX WINDOW FRAME PROJECTION

MAX DOOR PANEL SIZE 2100 x 800 MAX PANEL WEIGHT 20KG MAX WINDOW PANEL SIZE 1100 x 900

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Hand Operable systems

PAGE : 234 SCALE : 1:5 @ A4 DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016 ©Copyright 2016 All rights reserved.
Louvretec NZ Ltd www.louvretec.co.nz Louvretec Aust. Pty. www.louvretec.com.au Technical details subject to change without notice.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:239:23
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 25 BIFOLD DOORS AND WINDOWS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 25 BIFOLD DOORS & WINDOWS, 70mm; 90mm;150mm;
BELLA VISTA;
TYPICAL BELLA
DETAIL: VISTA HEAVY
COASTAL
70MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
25 KISS DOORS
BIFOLD PIVOT &&END FIXED;P40
WINDOWS,
90MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
PIVOT
70mm; PANELS.
90mm;150mm;
150MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
BELLA VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED;P40 PIVOT PANELS.

95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT AND 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
END FIXED KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale 1:12 @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
Date File FileName
Modified 16/01/2017 P PO +64 Box(9)3004153284949
Albany
Scale 1:12 @ A4
Product Manual 2016 DATE
Louvretec
® MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty FFILE:Auckland,
9.24+64 (9) New Zealand
415 4990
© Date Modified 16/01/2017
www.louvretec.co.nz P +64 (9) 415 4949
www.louvretec.com.au E [email protected]
2016 All rights reserved
9:24 Product Manual
Technical 2016subject
Details ©Louvretec
Louvretec
®
to change NZ Ltd/Louvretec
without notice Aust. Pty W Fwww.louvretec.co.nz
2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change +64
without (9) 415 4990
notice.
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 100 BIFOLD DOORS

COASTAL 100 BIFOLD DOORS

external shutters
Coastal 100 Bifolding shutters are designed for windows and door panels
weighing up to a maximum finished panel weight of up to 100kg.

Typically allow15kg per sqm when calculating weight of a Bifold panel.

Maximum panel size 3300mm (h) x 900mm (w)

900 900

3300
3300

COASTAL 100 4 PANEL BIFOLDING DOOR 90MM INFILLS MAX PANEL SIZE 3300X900 MAX PANEL WEIGHT 100KGS

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Hand Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:259:25
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL100 BIFOLD DOORS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 100 BI-FOLDING DOORS, 70mm; 90mm; 150mm; BELLA
VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY; KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PANELS.
70MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED 90MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED 150MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
TYPICAL DETAIL:
TYPICAL COASTAL
DETAIL: 100 BI-FOLDING
COASTAL DOORS, 70mm;
100 BI-FOLDING DOORS,90mm; 150mm;
70mm; 90mm; BELLA
150mm
VISTA; BELLA VISTA
VISTA; BELLAHEAVY; KISS
VISTA PIVOTKISS
HEAVY; & END
PIVOTFIXED; P40FIXED;
& END PANELS. P40 PANELS.

95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT AND 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
END FIXED KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale 1:12 @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product Manual 2016File LouvretecDATE
® FileName
File : 01/01/2017 FileName F FILE: +64 (9) 415 4990
NZMODIFIED
Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty PO9.26
Box 300 328 Albany
©
Scale
2016 All rights reserved @ A4
1:12Scale
www.louvretec.co.nz @ A4
1:12 www.louvretec.com.au E [email protected] PO Box 3
Auckland, New Zealand Auckland,
9:26 Date
Technical Details Modified
subject 16/01/2017
to ©Louvretec
change without
Date notice
2017.Modified
All rights Technical details subject W
16/01/2017
reserved. www.louvretec.co.nz
to change
P without
+64notice.
(9) 415 4949
P +64
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec
®
NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty F +64 (9) 415 4990
F +64
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
®

©
2016 All rights reserved © E [email protected] info@lo
2016 All rights reserved
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

HINGED LOUVRE DOORS HINGED LOUVRE

HINGED LOUVERED DOORS
DOORS
for doors and windows - details at
a glance
Louvretec Hinged doors are available in a range of
three different styles. Choose depening on durability
requirements and door size.

hinged louvre doors

Louvretec Hinged doors area available in three
distinctive styles:
HINGED LOUVRE WINDOWS 1. Standard Hinged Doors
HINGED LOUVERED WINDOWS
Maximum sizes 2200mm (h) x 900mm (w)
2. Heavy Duty Hinged Doors
Maximum sizes 2500mm (h) x 900mm (w)
3. Ultra Welded Hinged Doors
Maximum sizes 3000mm (h) x 1300mm (w)

Refer section 10 pages 10.06 - 10.12 for a full range of

Louvretec Gates.

hinged louvre windows

Hinged Louvred windows use standard hinged door
extrusions and components.
PLANTATION SHUTTERS
PLANTATION SHUTTERS plantation shutters
Plantation shutters use standard hinged door extrusions
and components.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:279:27
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES HINGED LOUVERED DOORS AND WINDOWS, PLANTATION SHUTTERS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL SERIES HINGED LOUVRED DOORS &
COMPONENTS AND EXTRUSIONS

WINDOWS, PLANTATION SHUTTERS - COMPONENTS & EXTRUSIONS

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale Varies @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product Manual 2016 LouvretecDATE
®
NZMODIFIED
Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
: 01/01/2017 F FILE:+649.28 (9) 415 4990
©
2016 All rights reserved
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au E [email protected]
9:28 Technical Details subject to change
©Louvretecwithout rights reserved. Technical details subjectW
2017. All notice www.louvretec.co.nz
to change without notice.
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW STANDARD HINGED DOORS

STANDARD HINGED DOORS

external shutters
Standard Hinged Doors are designed for a maximum panel size of
2200mm (h) x 900mm (w).

Heavy Duty 105mm top and bottom rails are used with both fixed and
adjustable louvre infills. A transom is required for all adjustable louvre infills.

Available in one panel and two panel french door configurations.

STANDARD HINGED DOOR STANDARD HINGED DOOR RECOMMENDED MAX SIZES

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Hand Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:299:29
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOORS

HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOORS

external shutters
Standard Hinged Doors are designed for a maximum panel size of 2500mm
(h) x 900mm (w).

Heavy Duty 105mm x 44mm top and bottom rails are used with both fixed
and adjustable louvre infills. A transom is required for all adjustable louvre infills.

Available in one panel and two panel french door configurations.

HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOOR HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOOR RECOMMENDED MAX SIZES

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Hand Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

9:30 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES STANDARD AND HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOORS

TYPICAL DETAIL: STANDARD HINGED DOOR, HEAVY DUTY HINGED

DOOR, 70mm & 90mm KISS PIVOTHINGED
STANDARD HINGED DOOR
TYPICAL DETAIL: STANDARD & END FIXED
DOOR,PANELS.
STANDARD FRENCH DOOR
HEAVY DUTY HINGED
DOOR, 70mm & 90mm KISS PIVOT & END FIXED PANELS.

HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOOR

90MM KISS PIVOT HEAVY DUTY

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale Varies @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® F +64 (9) 415 4990
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 Technical
FILE: 9.31 DetailsFile
subject to change without notice
FileName W www.louvretec.co.nz
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale Varies @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 9:31
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® F +64 (9) 415 4990
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW ULTRA WELDED DOORS

ULTRA WELDED HINGED

DOORS AND GATES
external shutters
Ultra Welded Hinged Doors and Gates are designed for a maximum panel
size of 3000mm (h) x 1300mm (w).

Heavy Duty 100mm x 50mm fully welded aluminium box section frame is
used and if required heavy duty pivot hinges can be used. Top and bottom rails
are used with both fixed and adjustable louvre infills. A transom is required for
all adjustable louvre infills. Available in one panel and two panel configurations.

1300

3000

ULTRA WELDED HINGED DOOR WITH TRANSOM ULTRA WELDED HINGED DOOR - RECOMMENDED MAX SIZE

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Hand Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

9:32 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES ULTRA WELDED HINGED DOOR AND GATES

TYPICAL
DETAIL:
TYPICAL DETAIL:
"ULTRA"
DETAIL: "ULTRA"
WELDED WELDED
HINGED
"ULTRA" HINGED
DOORS
WELDED HINGED DOORS
DOORS
90mm TYPICAL
KISS PIVOT; DETAIL:
150mm "ULTRA"
END WELDED
FIXED PANEL HINGED DOORS
SS PIVOT; 150mm
90MM KISS
90mm KISS END
PIVOT; FIXED
PIVOT
150mmPANEL
END FIXED
ULTRA WELDED HINGED
PANEL
DOOR
90mm KISS PIVOT; 150mm END FIXED PANEL

90MM KISS PANEL “ULTRA” WELDED HINGED GATE

*Refer section 10 pages 10.06-10.12

for a full range of Louvretec Gates
"Ultra" Welded Hinged Door
d Hinged "Ultra"
Door Welded Hinged Door
"Ultra" Welded Hinged Door File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Alb
File FileName File FileName
Scale Varies @ A4
File FileName PO Box 300 328 Albany PO Box 300 328 Albany New Zeal
Auckland,
Scale Varies @ A4 Scale Varies
Date @ A4 16/01/2017
Modified PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale Varies @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand Auckland, New P Zealand
+64 (9) 415 49
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 Date Modified 16/01/2017 FILE: 9.33 Date Modified 16/01/2017 P Auckland,
+64 New
(9) F415Zealand
4949
+64 (9) 415 49
Product
Date Manual
Modified 2016 Louvretec
16/01/2017 P NZ Ltd/Louvretec
®
+64 (9) 415 4949
Aust. Pty
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec
©®
2016
NZ All rights F
reserved
Ltd/Louvretec +64
Aust.(9)
Pty415 4990 FP +64(9)
+64 (9) 415
E415 4949
[email protected]
4990
Product Manual 2016details Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty ®
®
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical
©
subject to change
Product Manualwithout notice.
2016
©
2016 AllLouvretec
Technical Details
rights NZ Ltd/Louvretec
subject
reserved to Echange Aust. Ptynotice
[email protected]
without [email protected]
+64 (9)W415 4990
9:33
www.louvretec.c
2016 All rights reserved © E [email protected]
Technical Details2016 All rights reserved
subject to change withoutW www.louvretec.co.nz
notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
Technical Details subject to change without notice
 SHUTTERS OVERVIEW

PRODUCT OVERVIEW HINGED LOUVRE AND PLANTATION SHUTTERS

HINGED LOUVRE &

PLANTATION SHUTTERS
hinged louvre windows
Louvretec’s Hinged louvre shutters and Plantation shutters use standard
hinged doors extrusions and componentry. Originally used in plantation
homes in the old south of America. Plantation Shutters are placed on the
outside of homes to cover the windows giving heat and sun protection.
Hinged louvre and Plantation shutters let you enjoy your view and natural
light when opened and give privacy, sun control and heat reduction when
closed.

HINGED LOUVERED SHUTTERS USING 70MM HAND ADJUSTABLE LOUVRE INFILLS PLANTATION SHUTTERS IN OPEN POSITION

SURFACE COATINGS OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Hand Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

9:34 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
DETAIL:COASTAL SERIES HINGED LOUVRES; PLANTATION
S; 70mm KISSTYPICAL
PIVOT; 70mm END FIXED SHUTTERS.
DETAIL:COASTAL SERIES HINGED LOUVRES; PLANTATIO
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES HINGED LOUVRES AND PLANTATION SHUTTERS

DETAIL:COASTAL SERIES
SHUTTERS; HINGED
70mm KISSLOUVRES;
PIVOT; 70mm PLANTATION
END FIXED SHUTTERS.
RS; 70mm KISS
TYPICAL
KISS PIVOTPIVOT; 70mm END SERIES
DETAIL:COASTAL FIXED SHUTTERS.
HINGED LOUVRES; PLANTATION
HINGED LOUVRE SHUTTER
AND 70MM END FIXED
SHUTTERS; 70mm KISS PIVOT; 70mm END FIXED SHUTTERS.

ed Louvre Shutter

Hinged Louvre Shutter

nged Louvre Shutter

Hinged Louvre Shutter

70MM KISS PIVOT PLANTATION SHUTTER

ation Shutter

Plantation
File Shutter
FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
antation Shutter Scale Varies @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
Date Modified 16/01/2017 File P FileName
+64 (9) 415 4949 PO Box 300 32
Product ManualShutter
2016File Louvretec FileName
®
NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
Scale +64 @
F Varies (9)A4
415 4990 Auckland, New
Plantation Date Modified PO Box 300 328 Albany
16/01/2017
E [email protected]
©
2016
Scale All rights reserved
Varies @ A4 P +64 (9) 4
Technical Details W Auckland, New Zealand
www.louvretec.co.nz F +64 (9) 4
Date subject to change withoutProduct
notice Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
®
Modified 16/01/2017 File FileName P +64 (9) 415 4949
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 9.35 ©
2016 All rights reserved PO Box 300 E info@louvret
328 Albany
Product Manual
www.louvretec.co.nz 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec
www.louvretec.com.au
®
Scale Aust. Pty @ A4 F
Variessubject +64 (9) 415 4990 WZealand
www.louvre
Technical Details to change without notice Auckland, New
without notice. Date Modified 16/01/2017 E [email protected]
©
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical2016 All rights
details subject reserved
to change
P +64 (9) 9:354949
415
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® F +64 (9) 415 4990
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
 gates
Hinged 10.7 - 10.10
Sliding 10.11 - 10.12
fences & screens 10.13 - 10.15
balustrades 10.16 - 10.19
chimney cowls 10.20 - 10.22
screening & ventilation 10.23 - 10.26
custom made

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 10:01

10:02 ©Louvretec2017.
©Louvretec 2017All- All Rights
rights Reserved. Technical
reserved. specifications
Technical details subject without
subject to change to change without notice.
notice.
 custom made
louvre installations

Creativity with Louvres

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved. Technical
rights reserved. Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 10:03
10:03
 custom made gallery

1.
2.

3. 4.

1. 300mm maxi louvres as screening 2. 150mm midi louvres as fence 3. Box section louvres as screening 4. 90mm coastal sliders, ventilation louvres,

& chimney surrounds

10:04 ©Louvretec2017.
©Louvretec 2017All- All Rights
rights Reserved. Technical
reserved. specifications
Technical details subject without
subject to change to change without notice.
notice.
 custom made gallery

5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

5. 150mm end fixed fence 6. 120mm end fixed hinged gate 7. 120mm sliding vehicle gate 8. ventilation louvres

9. 90mm coastal sliders, 90mm midi louvres end fixed in overhead frame, chimney surround & 120mm airfoil fence

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved. Technical
rights reserved. Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 10:05
10:05
 custom made overview

Technical details custom made overview

custom made
custom louvre installations
Louvretec specialises in custom made louvre installations. Where designer gates, fences, chimney surrounds, screens & balustrades are
renowned for imaginative design and strong, stylish build. Create a specialised final touch for any project.

Architecturally designed or designed in-house by Louvretec,

Custom Made products are manufactured to the highest standard.
gates
Marine grade aluminium welding and stainless steel fittings are
standard to the Custom Made range.

Louvretec’s range of louvre shapes and sizes, fixing systems and

operating systems allows for a wide range of design options.

Do not be limited by what is shown here – Louvretec is constantly

working with imaginative people looking for that specialised final
touch to their project.

most popular custom made products:

hinged gates
balustrades
Hinged gates come in all shapes and sizes, suitable for pedestrians,
vehicles or both combined.

sliding gates
Sliding gates are also available in a wide range of sizes, vehicle gates
being a popular option.

fences
Fixed or adjustable louvre panels can be used as fence infills or as
a stand-alone fence.

balustrades chimney surround

Louvretec has designed adjustable balustrade blades to comply

with NZ & Australian building codes.

These specialised blades can be used to normal balustrade height

or can be projected full height to protect any deck.

chimney surrounds
Usually located on the highest and most visual point of the
house chimney surrounds provide a distinctive statement to any
architecture.

10:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 custom made hinged gates - overview

technical details hinged gates

HINGED GATES
vehicle and pedestrian
Louvretec hinged gates are seen as market leaders in custom designed gate
systems. Each gate is specifically designed to meet the design and functional
requirements of the installation.
Louvretec gate frame sections can be either butt joined or “secret welded”
and powdercoated to a high spec finish.
All butt hinges and custom made pivots are manufactured from marine grade
T316 stainless steel. Louvretec does not undertake gate motorisation / security
options but works with a number of specialist companies in this field – contact
your Louvretec Dealer for further details.

hinged pedestrian - viewed from outside Double hinged pedestrian - viewed from outside hinged vehicle - viewed from outside

double hinged vehicle - viewed from outside hinged pedestrian & vehicle - viewed from outside

SURFACE COATINGS
A wide range of options are available.

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

©Louvretec 2017. All

2017. All rights reserved. Technical
reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 10:07
10:07
 200x100x3.5 5060 150x100x3.5 5061 100x100x3 5062 Butt Hinge 125x100x2.5
5063

Pivot Hinges
typical detail : custom made - hinged & sliding gates extrusions: hinged gates
componentry

TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL SERIES SLIDING DOOR &

WINDOW EXTRUSIONS
Option
50
Option
A 50 B 50 Option C

Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel

100
100

100
Gate Hinge Gate Hinge Gate Hinge
Face Mounted Chem Set
130
Chem Set Sleeve
5070 5071
230
230 Threaded Hinge
Support
5073

Common Gate Frame Members

OPEN PAGE TO VIEW HINGED GATE DETAILS

11.

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale 1:2 @ A4
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 Auckland,
FILE: 10.08 New Zealand
16/01/2017
Date Modifiedwww.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au P +64 (9) 415 4949
10:08 ©Louvretec F without
2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change +64 (9) 415 4990
notice.
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
®

©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
 typical detail : custom made - hinged pedestrian gates

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.09

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 10:09
 typical detail : custom made - pivot (gudgeon) gates

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.10

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
10:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 custom made sliding gates - overview

technical details sliding gates

SLIding gates
perfect for spanning wider openings
Louvretec sliding gates are designed and built to the same high standards as
hinged gates.

Sliding gates can span up to 5500mm as a single panel unit running on two
wheels and are ideal for spanning wider openings in a single panel. Gate frame
sections can be either butt joined or “secret welded” and powdercoated to
a high spec finish. Louvretec does not undertake gate motorisation/security
options but works with a number of specialist companies in this field – contact
your Louvretec Dealer for further details.

SLIDING VEHICLE GATE

SLIDING VEHICLE GATE WITH HINGED PEDESTRIAN

SURFACE COATINGS
A wide range of options are available.

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved. Technical
rights reserved. Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 10:11
10:11
XXXXXXXXXXX
typical detail : custom made - SLIDING GATES
TECHNICAL TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE
DETAILS SLIDING
//- VEHICLE GATES - VEHICLE
TECHNICAL DETAILS
TECHNICAL // SLIDING
DETAILS GATES
// SLIDING - VEHICLE
GATES

XXXXXXXXXXX
TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING
TECHNICAL TECHNICAL
GATES - VEHICLE
DETAILS DETAILS
// SLIDING // SLIDING
GATES - VEHICLEGATES - VEHICLE
TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE
TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE

Top Guide
Top Guide Closing Aluminiuum Closing Closing
Aluminiuum
Top Guide
Top Guide SlidingAluminiuum
Gate Aluminiuum Closing Block Option 2
SlidingSliding
Gate Gate Sliding
Block Gate2
Option Block Option 2
9992 9992 Block Option 2 9991 9991
9992 9992 9991 9991

SlidingSliding
VehicleVehicle Top Guide Aluminiuum
Top GuideTopClosing
Top Guide
Aluminiuum
Aluminiu
Closing Closing
ding Vehicle
Sliding Vehicle Guide Sliding Gate Aluminiuum Block Op
Sliding Gate Block Option
Sliding Gate 2 Block Option 2 Option 2
Sliding Gate 9992 Block 9991
9992 9991
9992 9991
9992Top Guide 9991Aluminiuum Closing
XXXXXXXXXXXX Sliding Gate Block Option 2
Mounting
g Vehicle Option 1 -Sliding Option
Mounting -XXXXXXXXXXXX
1Sliding
Option Support Bracket
1 Vehicle
- Support mountmount
Bracket Mounting Option 2 - Bolt Fixing
Mounting
9992 9991
Mounting
Mounting OptionSupport Bracket
Vehicle
1 - Support
Sliding mount
Bracket
Vehicle mount Mounting Option
Mounting 2 - Bolt
Option 2 - Bolt FixingOption 2 - Bolt Fixing
Fixing

Sliding Vehicle Key Features:

Key Features: Aluminium Closing Closing
Aluminium
Key Features:
Key Features: Aluminium ClosingClosing
Aluminium Block 9990
Block 9990 Block 9990
Conceals wheels inside Block 9990
Conceals wheels inside inside
gate,provides Conceals wheelsgate,
inside gate,
1Mounting Option 1 -mount
Support lines.Bracket mount
2Mounting Option 2 - Bolt Fixing
ounting Option 1 - Support Bracket Conceals
mount wheels gate, clean lines.
Mounting Option
Mounting
provides -clean
Option
clean Support
lines. 1 - Support Mounting
Bracketprovides
Bracket Option
clean mount 2 - Bolt FixingMounting
Mounting OptionOption
- Bolt2Fixing
- Bolt Fixing
provides lines.
Wheel Mounting Option 1 - Recessed
Allows gate to sit in toframe
close Wheel Mounting Option 2 - External Key Features:
Allows
Key gate togate
Features: sit close
to sit to
Allows gate to sit close to Features:
Key Key Features: Key Features: Alum
Mounting
Allows Option
ground, reducing gap
1ground,
close -Key
to Support KeyBracket
reducing
Features:
ground, gap
Features:
reducing gapmount Mounting Option Key Bolt Aluminium
Fixing Closing
2 - Features: AluminiumAluminium
Closing Closing
Bloc
ground, reducing gap under the gate. Block 9990Allows a gate to follow a raking Block 9990
under the gate. under the gate. Conceals wheels inside gate, Allows aAllows
gate toa follow Block
Allows a gate to follow a raking 9990
Conceals under
wheelstheinside
gate.gate, Conceals Conceals
wheels inside gate,
wheels inside gate, gate toa follow
rakinga raking
driveway by reducing or increasing
Key Features:
provides clean lines. drivewaydriveway
by reducing or increasing driveway by reducing or increasing Aluminium Clos
provides clean lines. provides clean lines. by reducing or increasing
wheel leg wheel
supports.
provides clean lines. wheel leg supports. leg supports. Block 9990
wheel leg supports.
Allows gate to sit close to Conceals wheelsAllowsinside
gate to sit close to
gate, Key Features: Key Features:
Allows gate to sitgate
Allows closetotosit close to
ground, Key Features:
Key Features:
ground, reducing gap provides clean lines.reducing gap
ground, reducing
ground, gap
reducingundergap the gate.
under the gate. under theunder
gate. the gate. Allows a gate to follow a raking Allows a gate to follow a rakin
Allows a gate to follow
Allows a raking
a gate to follow a raking
Allows gate to sit close to driveway by reducing or increasing driveway bydriveway
Key
reducingby
Features:
or reducing
driveway by reducing or incre
increasingor increasing
ground, reducing gap wheel leg supports. wheel leg supports.
wheel leg supports.
wheel Allows
leg supports.
under the gate. a gate to follow a raking
driveway by reducing or increasing
wheel leg supports.
ProvidesProvides
an industrial
an industrial
Provides an industrial
Provides an industrial mechanical style gate Raking Raking
SLIDING WHEEL
SLIDING OPTIONS :
: WHEEL OPTIONS :
mechanical style gate
RakingRaking
WHEEL OPTIONS
ING WHEEL :
OPTIONS
mechanical style gate
mechanical style gate

WHEEL FOR GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACKTRACK WHEEL FOR GALVANISED

WHEEL FORTRACK V-GROOVED
GALVANISED TRACKTRACK
V-GROOVED
OR WHEEL FOR TRACK
GALVANISED HALF ROUND WHEEL FOR GALVANISED V-GROOVED
EL GALVANISED HALF
FOR GALVANISED ROUND
HALF ROUND TRACK WHEEL FOR GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACK
Provides an industrial Provides an industrial
24 29 29 24 Provides an industrial
Provides an industrial 29 gate 29
24 WHEEL OPTIONS
SLIDING 24
24
HEEL OPTIONS :24 SLIDING
SLIDING WHEELWHEEL
OPTIONS :
29 29: 24 24 mechanical style gate Raking
mechanical 29
style gate
mechanical style
Raking Raking
OPTIONS : mechanical29 style gate
21 21 21 21 18 36 Provides an industrial
21 21ROUND TRACK
GALVANISED WHEEL
HALF
21 21 ROUND
WHEEL FOR GALVANISED HALF WHEEL FOR GALVANISED18
TRACK WHEEL18
18 FOR GALVANISED
V-GROOVED TRACK FOR GALVANISED V-GROOVED
18 mechanical TRACK18 18 R
FORSLIDING
WHEEL WHEEL
GALVANISED HALFOPTIONS
FOR GALVANISEDROUND :
TRACK
HALF ROUND TRACK WHEEL WHEEL V-GROOVED
FOR GALVANISED TRACK
V-GROOVED 18
TRACK style gate

24 29 24
24 WHEEL FOR24GALVANISED
24 HALF29ROUND TRACK 29 2924 WHEEL FOR24
GALVANISED
24 V-GROOVED
29 TRACK 29 29
72.3

Ø75 12 60
Ø75

6012 2121 21
Ø75 Ø75 21 12 60
12
Ø75
21 21Ø7524 Ø75 60 60Ø7560 Ø75 21 2118 60 Ø75 18 12 65 12 651818
18 Ø75 65
60 Ø75 Ø75 29 12 6512 Ø75
65
24
Ø75 Ø75 65 65
Ø75 18 18

21 10 21 18
10 10
10 36 13
7 13 13
7 7 200 kg max 13
Ø16
Ø75 Ø16 Ø1612 Ø75 Ø16 Ø75 60 12 7 60 Ø16 Ø16 60
Ø75 60
60 Ø75 Ø7512 60 12 Ø16
60 Ø16 60(per
12 wheel)
65 Ø75 Ø75 65 12 65 Ø7
Ø75 Ø75 Ø75 Ø75
Ø75
12 65 12 65 Ø75 Ø75 65
(per wheel)
72.3
Ø75

Ø75 12 60 10 60
10 Ø75 10 Ø75 12 65 Ø75
13 10
7 13 13
7 7
Ø16 7 Ø16
Ø16 200 kg max
Ø16 Ø16
DRILLED, GALVANISED
DRILLED, HALF Ø16
GALVANISED ROUND TRACKTRACK
HALF ROUND
Ø16 Ø16 GALVANISED V-GROOVED
DRILLED,
10 TRACKTRACK
(per wheel)
ED, GALVANISED
RILLED, HALF
GALVANISED ROUND
HALF TRACK
ROUND TRACK DRILLED, GALVANISED DRILLED,TRACK
V-GROOVED GALVANISED V-GROOVED 13
9982 9982 DRILLED, GALVANISED V-GROOVED
9985 9985 7 TRACK
82 Ø16 9985 9985 Ø16
Drilled, Galvanised Half Round Track

GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACK DRILLED, GALVANISED HALF ROUND

DRILLED, TRACK DRILLED, GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACK
DRILLED, GALVANISED
DRILLED, HALF ROUND
GALVANISED
9982
TRACK
HALF ROUND TRACKGALVANISED V-GROOVEDDRILLED, TRACKGALVANISED
GALVANISED
DRILLED, V-GROOVED TRACK TRACK
V-GROOVED
9982 9982 9985 9985 20
9985 9985 20 20 3 20
16 3 3
DRILLED, GALVANISED HALF
16 16 ROUND TRACK 16 DRILLED, GALVANISED 3 V-GROOVED TRACK
9982 R8 9985 15
R8 15 15 15
R8 R8 16 16
16 16
55 20
3
20 55
55 20 55 203
16 16 3 3
3 50 16 16
Aluminium Closing Aluminium Closing Aluminium
Aluminium Closing Closing Top
Top Guide Guide
3 50 50 3 50 Sliding Gate 90°
R8 3
Block Option 1 Block Option 21
Block R8 90° 90° Sliding15Gate 90° 2015
16 R8 R8 Option 1 Block
16 Option 1 3 15
1616 16
File FileName
55 PO Box 300 328 Albany 55
R8 Scale 1:xx @ A4 55 55
File FileName Date Modified16 17/01/2017
Auckland, New Zealand
3 50 3
3 50 PO Box P 300 328
+64 (9) Albany
415 4949
Scale 1:xx
3 50 Product @ A4
50 Manual 90° Auckland, F +64 (9) 415 4990 90°
New Zealand 90° 55
®
2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty 90°
S C A LES C
NATLSE NTS © E [email protected]
S C ALE Date Modified 17/01/2017 2016 All rights reserved
P +64 (9) 415 4949
SCNTS
A L E N TS 3 Technical
50 Details subject to change without notice
W www.louvretec.co.nz
®
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty F +64 (9) 415 4990 90°
©
2016 All rights reserved DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 E [email protected]: 10.12
www.louvretec.co.nz
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
www.louvretec.com.au
C A LE NTS10:12 S C A LE SNCTAS L E NTS
S C ALE NTS ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.

PRODUCT CATALOGUE
PRODUCT 2009 LOUVRETEC GROUP
© ®
® CATALOGUE 2009 © LOUVRETEC ® GROUP
TALOGUE
CT 2009© 2009
CATALOGUE LOUVRETEC
©
LOUVRETECGROUP ®
GROUP Schange
C ALEwithout
NTS notice
// technical specification
// technical subject
specification to
subject to change without notice
ification
al subjectsubject
specification to change without
to change notice notice
without
 custom made fences - overview

technical details fences

fences
final finishing touch
To compliment Louvretec hinged & sliding gates a range of fixed & adjustable
fence infills are available as follows:

ALUMINIUM POSTS. - adjustable SPIRAL PIVOT LOUVRES ALUMINIUM posts - kiss pivot adjustable louvres aluminium posts - end fixed louvres

ALUMINIUM POSTS - bracket fixed louvres blockwork by others - spiral pivot adjust. louvres BLOCKWORK by OTHERS - END FIXED LOUVRES

SURFACE COATINGS
A wide range of options are available.

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

©Louvretec 2017. All

2017. All rights reserved. Technical
reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 10:13
10:13
 typical detail : custom made - screens

11

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.14

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
10:14 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : CUSTOM MADE - fences

BLOCKWORK BY OTHERS - SPIRAL PIVOT PANELS ALUMINIUM POSTS - END FIXED PANELS

end fixed, Hand adjustable using kiss pivot & SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEMS & BRACKET FIXED options

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:25 @ A4 FILE: 10.15

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 10:15
 custom made balustrades - overview

Technical details custom made balustrades

Balustrades
NZ + AU compliance requirements
This is a general guideline outlining some key requirements as at time of
printing. Please confirm all details with local regulatory authority prior to
balustrade installation.
1. A barrier is required when someone could fall vertically 1m or more.

2. Balustrade or barrier must be 1m high and of adequate strength to cope

with people pressing against it.

3. Ensure nowhere on the balustrade a child can get a foothold between

150mm & 750mm above the deck surface to climb over the balustrade or fall
through it.

4. In NZ the maximum opening between balustrade verticals is 100mm.

-Refer details 135mm HI-SPAN Balustrade Louvre.

5. In Australia the maximum opening between balustrade verticals is 125mm.

-Refer details 65mm HI-SPAN Balustrade .

SURFACE COATINGS operating options - the choice is yours

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options Operable systems

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED motors and sensors

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016
10:16 ©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved.©Louvretec 2017. All rights
Technical specifications reserved.
subject Technical
to change details
without subject to change without notice.
notice.
 custom made technical details

Technical details 135mm & 165mm hi-span balustrades

135MM hi-span balustrade ALUMINIUM FRAME, VERTICAL PANEL

135mm Hi-Span Balustrade

165MM hi-span balustrade aluminium frame, vertical panel

165mm Hi-Span Balustrade

3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES:

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 10:17
 typical detail : custom made - 135 hi span balustrade - new zealand

135 Hi Span is compliant with the

relevant standards as an infill for
residential balustrade in New Zealand.
Refer section 11 table 3 for maximum
spans

135 HI-SPAN

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.18

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
10:18 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 typical detail : CUSTOM MADE - 165 HI SPAN BALUSTRADE - AUSTRALIA

165 Hi Span is compliant with the

relevant standards as an infill for
residential balustrade in Australia.
Refer section 11 table 3 for maximum
spans

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.19

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 10:19
 custom made chimney surrounds - overview

Technical details custom made chimney surrounds

CHIMNEY surrounds
the cherry on top
There are many options available when designing louvre chimney surrounds.
The actual shape or footprint of the surround is largely dictated by the
chimney itself.

Determine what size louvre blade will be best suited, both aesthetically
and functionally. Wind flow through the louvre blades can assist with the
actual venting of the chimney. The surround’s support structure can be a
combination of aluminum box section, angle or channel. Please discuss with
Louvretec.

end fixed with box section frames bracket fixed with mitred corners

SURFACE COATINGS FIXED OPTIONS FOR A CHIMNEY surround

A wide range of options are available. Fixed options

ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED

10:20 ©Louvretec2017.
©Louvretec 2017All- All Rights
rights Reserved. Technical
reserved. specifications
Technical details subject without
subject to change to change without notice.
notice.
 typical detail : custom made - louvre chimney surrounds end fixed louvres

section - louvred chimney surround

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.21

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 10:21
 typical detail : custom made - louvre chimney surrounds bracket fixed louvres

section - louvred chimney surround

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.22

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
10:22 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 custom made screening & ventilation - overview

overview screening + ventilation

screening & ventilation

final finishing touch
Louvretec can supply a wide range of screening and ventilation grills and louvres.

These can range from traditional extruded shapes to more custom designed
panels using Louvretec’s architectural louvres.

Light, airflow, privacy, screening and security can all be controlled with well
designed grills and louvres.
1.
Vermin, bird or insect screening can be incorporated with any of the louvre
systems.

Typical applications are to provide screening to cooling towers, ventilation to

plant rooms, car park spaces, basement areas and the like.

Please contact Louvretec for additional information.

2.

3.

1. 120 flush panels as screening 2. ventilation louvres 3. ventilation louvres

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved. Technical
rights reserved. Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 10:23
10:23
 custom made screening & ventilation - gallery

gallery screening & ventilation

4. 5.

6.

4. box section louvres providing ventilation 5. ventilation louvres 6.airfoil louvres as screening and coastal series hinged louvred doors

10:24 ©Louvretec2017.
©Louvretec 2017All- All Rights
rights Reserved. Technical
reserved. specifications
Technical details subject without
subject to change to change without notice.
notice.
 typical detail : custom made - ventilation louvres

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.25

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 10:25
 typical detail : custom made - ventilation louvre assemblies

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.26

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
10:26 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 engineering reports

engineering reports 11.04 - 11.05

summary of PS1 11.06
typical detail - Beam Designs 11.07
specifiers guide 11.08
calculation charts
Opening Roof Spans 11.09
Sun Louvres Airfoil Spans 11.10
Sun Louvres Rectangular Spans 11.11 - 11.12
Beams 11.13 - 11.14
typical detail - structures 11.15 - 11.17
posts information 11.18 - 11.25
footings information 11.26 - 11.28
base plate sizes 11.29
engineering

snow loads 11.30

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:01
11:02 ©Louvretec2017.
©Louvretec 2017All- All Rights
rights Reserved.
reserved. Technical
Technical specifications
details subject without
subject to change to change without notice.
notice.
 engineering reports

No:
PAGE

10.3
NS
ual 2012 CALCU
LATIO
Tec Man POST
Louvre ETEC lations MR
AME: LOUVR in g Calcu
JOB N Fo ot
NED: as fo llow :
ON : DESIG erties
SECTI il prop
003B inim um so
L030-0 ithin m
O: 3604, w
JOB N 29/04/20
16 per NZS
nd" as
d grou factor)
DATE: um of "goo 0. 5 safety
in im (app ly
ed a m 300kPa
nsider city =
are co ing capa
or)
itions fety fact )
SHEET d cond ate bear ly 0.5 sa ty factor
CALCUL
ATION Groun cal ultim Pa (app 0.5 safe
on s te ch ni 10 0k (apply
u la ti Geo ngth = 20kPa
ti n g C alc ed shea r st re
n capaci
ty =
ne er!
oo ra in ct io gi
Post F
Und skin fri en
timate ed by
nical ul review 1a, 1b
& 2)
Geotech must be (Tables
" itions
D G R OUND bl e grou
nd cond
oting calc
ulations
"GOO
na r fo
Questio ered fo
consid only)
must be 1a & 1b ly for
bracing (Tables previous
lift AND nsidered ure: mined
2 sides, up be co Proced st (deter
on less th
an
lif t on ly need R O O F Design ry ar ea on po
in g des, up Y ta
by build UTAR ermine
tribu
pported more si F TRIB (1) Det
e is su on 2 or R ROO me to re
sist
re fram building ME FO sign) te volu
- If louv ted by E VOLU PLIFT post de concre
m e is suppor C O NCRET IS T U 3 minimum
re fra M d (m ) termine
- If louv MINIM
U
ST TO RES eq ui re EH 1a , de
PO
1a AREA ON lume R Table area d for
TABLE Concr
ete Vo VH (2) From d on tributary s require
ension
H uplift ba
se ing dim d to be
ine foot require
M e 1b , determ ). If br acing is
L Ta bl ed in (2
ne:
0.10 (3) From calculat low.
W ind Zo 0.08 volume d (5) be st size
0.20 minimum s (4) an d on po
y 0.06 llow step s base
Tributar 2 0. 16 ns id ered, fo in g di mension type as
ea (m ) 0.04
0. 12 0.30 co
te rmine foot sa m e footing
Ar 0.03 de ct
0.25 Table 2, g, sele
1.0 0.09 0.40 (4) From mparin
0.19 se of co
0.06 0.33 . For ea
2.0 0.13
0.25 0.50 selected (4)
0.09 0.41 in (3 ) (3) and
0.17 selected s from
3.0 0.31 0.60 mension
0.12 0.49 um of di
0.21 70 U se maxim
4.0 0.37 0. (5 )
0.15 0.57
5.0 0.26 0.80
0.18 0.44
0.30 0.65
6.0 0. 50 0.90
0.22 0.74
7.0 0.34
0.25 0.56
8.0 0.38 MES
0.28 R VOLU
TICULA Pads
9.0 R PAR Square
ED FO
O N S REQUIR uare pa
d
N G D IMENSI NC E re pa d Sq
m deep
FOOTI ISTA ua
T RES Piles Sq ep 600m
LE 1b FOR UPLIF Round diam eter 300mm de )
B 0 m Note: ated
er 60 e calcul
TA n (m
diamet dimensio pths ar
er 450 minimum piles de
diamet Round so final
et er 400 40 0 ct io n
300 di am m) g skin fri in first
depth (m 600 includin to that
minimum ill differ
550 lume w
Volume co nc rete vo
600 600
2
(m ) 650 800 column.
700 650
0.1 75 0 700
80 0 1000
950 700
0.2 850 800
950 1150
1150 800
0.3 1000 1000
1100 1400
1350 1000
0.4 1250 1150
1400 1650
1800 1200
0.6 15 50 1300
1700 1850
2250 1400
0.8 1800
2000
2650
1.0 CH
G OF EA
RACIN Pads
FOR B Square
UIRED
S REQ d
N G SI ZE uare pa
FOOTI d Sq
MINIM
U M Squa re pa m deep
Round
Piles ep 600m
2 POST SIZE am eter 300mm de
TABLE eter 60
0 di n (m m )
dimensio

Engineered for life

0 diam minimum
eter 45
et er 400 diam 60 0
300 diam depth (m
m)
800
Post Si
ze minimum
800
900 800
900 1000
900 900
3 10 00 900
75x75x
1000 1200
1100 1000
10 0x 3 11 00 1100
100x
1100 1400
- 1200
0x5 1200 1100
100x10
1300 1400
- 1200
0x 3 1200
150x15
1300
-
4 SH S
0x
100x10

©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 11:03
11:03
 engineering references & design information for louvretec systems and support frames

ENGINEERING REFERENCES AND DESIGN INFORMATION FOR LOUVRETEC

SYSTEMS AND SUPPORT FRAMES

27 March
09 June 2017
2017

The following calculations and design tables are for use with LouvreTec Aluminium Louvre Systems
and supporting structures. No substitution is permitted.

The user of these design tables must ensure that the latest copy of the design manual is used, as
calculations and tables may be amended to suit design codes and amendments applicable at the time
of printing.

Maximum spans for the aluminium members have been calculated using wind zones and wind speeds
taken from NZS 3604:2011, which are based on AS/NZS 1170:2011. The Ultimate Limit State (ULS)
wind speeds are based on a 1 in 500 year return period, and are taken as acting at the building
(assuming site exposure multipliers have been applied). Serviceability Limit State (SLS) wind speeds
are based on a 1 in 25 year return period. Associated pressures are calculated using AS/NZS
1170.2:2011 – Structural Design Actions Part 2: Wind Actions, and have been reduced to account for
louvre frames as Importance Level 1 structures. Section capacities have been determined using
AS/NZS 1664.1:1997 – Aluminium Structures, Part 1: Limit State Design.

Dead load deflections for louvres and beams have been limited to span/300. Dead load deflections on
louvres have also been limited to 20mm. Wind load deflections have been limited to span/40 for
louvres, span/300 for beams, and height/100 for posts.

Wind speeds as noted above (based on AS/NZS1170.2:2011) are as follows:

Wind Zone ULS wind speed SLS wind speed

(m/s) (m/s)
Low 32 26
Medium 37 30
High 44 37
Very High 50 42
Extra High 55 46

The following load case combinations have been applied to the member loads:
0.9G, W u ULS uplift pressure
1.2G, W u ULS downthrust pressure
G, W s SLS for deflection

The internal and external pressure coefficients adopted conservatively apply to a number of different
structure orientations and dimensions. The following limitations apply to these tables:
• Louvre roof pitch must be less than 10°;
• Supporting structure height to be less than 10m;

Notes:
1) When the louvre structure is to be attached to an existing building, care must be taken to
ensure that supporting structure has adequate strength to carry the additional loads. If there is
any doubt contact LouvreTec for advice.

2) Post sizes have been calculated using loads acting on the roof of the aluminium structure
only. Additional walls placed between posts will need to be self-supported, or have specifically
designed posts to carry the additional wind loads.

DATE MODIFIED : 27/06/2017 FILE: 11.04

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:04 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
engineering references & design information for louvretec systems and support frames

-2-

Design has been carried out using the following codes of practice:

Structural Design Actions:

Part 0: General principles – AS/NZS 1170.0:2002
Part 1: Permanent, imposed and other actions – AS/NZS 1170.1:2002
Part 2: Wind Actions – AS/NZS 1170.2:2011

Aluminium Structures:
Part 1: Limit state design – AS/NZS 1664.1:1997

Timber-framed Buildings:
NZS 3604:2011

Spiral Pivot System Load Test:

LouvreTec Products Ltd has conducted a static load test on the Spiral Pivot System. The test
confirmed that the Spiral Pivot System is capable of resisting a downward static load greater than
would be generated by the application of the structural design loads used in this publication to an
equivalent structure. More detailed test information is available from LouvreTec upon request.

categories, types and intended purposes of producer statements

Design PS1 Producer Statement Used by designers to certify specific design elements comply with
Design specified standards or codes in order to comply with the provisions of
the Building Code.
PS2 Producer Statement Used by people undertaking a peer review of all or part of a design to
Design Review * say that the design or the specified part of the design complies with
specified standards or codes in order to comply with the provisions of
the Building Code.
Construction PS3 Producer Statement Used by constructors or trades people to certify that the specified
Construction building work that they have undertaken complies with the building
consent.
PS4 Producer Statement Used by people undertaking a peer review of specified building work
Construction Review * undertaken by constructors or trades people to certify that the
building work that has been undertaken complies with the building
consent.

* not required

DATE MODIFIED : 27/06/2017 FILE: 11.05

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:05
 summary of producer statement - ps1 - design

SUMMARY OF PRODUCER STATEMENT – PS1 – DESIGN

NOTE: The formal and current Producer Statement (PS1) for this manual is held on file by LouvreTec
and can be provided for all projects in which a Building Consent is required. The Producer Statement
is non-site specific as it covers the generic designs of the manual and the LouvreTec manual appendix
only, under the assumption that the tabulated information and specific site conditions are correctly
applied. The information below is a summary of this only.

ISSUED BY: Markplan Consulting Limited

TO: LouvreTec NZ Ltd, LouvreTec Australia Pty Ltd

TO BE SUPPLIED TO: Relevant Territorial Authority

IN RESPECT OF: LouvreTec Design Manual 2017: Section 11 – Engineering Reports

AT: Throughout New Zealand/Australia

Markplan Consulting Ltd have been engaged by LouvreTec New Zealand Ltd to provide structural
design services in respect of the requirements of Clauses B1/VM1 and B2 (insofar as is covered by
the relevant structural materials codes listed on this PS1) of the Building Code (in part) for the
proposed building work.

The design carried out by us has been prepared in accordance with Compliance Documents issued by
the Ministry of Business, Innovation & Employment including AS/NZS 1170:2011; AS/NZ 1664:1997;
NZS 3604:2011. The design work covered by this producer statement is described in the LouvreTec
Design Manual 2017: Section 11 – Engineering Reports (by LouvreTec NZ Ltd), Section 7 and calculations
and calculations
referenced L030-0003 and L030-0003B (by Markplan Consulting Ltd)., and the Louvretec Design Manual appendix.

On behalf of the Design Firm, and subject to:

(i) Site verification of the following design assumptions: Tabulated information correctly applied to
physical conditions on site.
(ii) All proprietary products meeting their performance specification requirements;
I believe on reasonable grounds that a) the building, if constructed in accordance with the drawings,
specifications, and other documents provided or listed in the attached schedule, will comply with the
relevant provisions of the Building Code and that b), the persons who have undertaken the design
have the necessary competency to do so.

Mark A Smith (CPEng #173396)

Principal Structural Engineer
BSc (Eng), CPEng, MIPENZ, IntPE (NZ), MIPES

Date: 09/03/2017
27/06/2017

DATE MODIFIED : 27/06/2017 FILE: 11.06

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 200x50x3 RHS 5050 4400 4000 3700 3400 3150 2950 2750 2600

2-200x50x3 RHS 6250 5500 5050 4700 4400 4200 4000 3850 3750
LOW
250x50x3 RHS 6100 5350 4900 4450 4050 3750 3500 3300 3150

2-250x50x3 RHS 7550 6700 6100 5700 5350 5100 4900 4650 4400
typical detail : aluminium beam & post structures
300x50x3.5 RHS 7500 6600 6000 5400 4900 4550 4250 4000 3800

2-300x50x3.5 RHS 9250 8200 7500 7000 6600 6300 6000 5700 5400

150x50x3 RHS 3650 3150 2850 2600 2350 2200 2050 1950 1850

engineering - beam calculation

2-150x50x3 RHS
THREE BASIC BEAM DESIGNS
200x50x3 RHS
4550

4650
4000

4050
3650

3550
3350 3150 3000 2550
TYPICAL ALUMINIUM BEAM & POST ASSEMBLY
3200 2900 2700
2850

2500
2700

2350 2250

2-200x50x3 RHS 5800 5100 4650 4300 4050 3850 3600 3350
Attach to house 3200
MEDIUMTO CALCULATE
// 1. SIMPLY TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAMS
SUPPORTED
250x50x3 RHS 5650 4950 4250 3800 3450 3200 3000 2850 2700
Typically the tributary length for simply supported beams only is half the length of the louvre span (refer note below)
2-250x50x3 RHS 7000 6200 5650 5250 4900 4500 4200 4000 3750
Determining the Tributary length is shown through figures 1–4 on pages 12.09 and 12.11 of this engineering section.
300x50x3.5 RHS 6950 6000 5150 4600 4200 3900 3650 3450 3250

Note: Care must

2-300x50x3.5 RHSbe taken when
8600 calculating
7600 the tributary
6950 length
6450 for mid beams on5550
6000 continuous spanning4850
5150 structures4600
as half
the150x50x3
louvre RHS
span on either side
3200of the beam
2800 may not
2400 be equal.
2150 1950 1850 1700 1600 1550
Aluminium Posts
2-150x50x3 RHS 4050 3500 3200 2950 2750 2550 2400 2250 2150
Roof Beam
engineering - beam calculation
200x50x3 RHS 4100 3450 2950 2650 2400 2250 2100 2000 1900

2-200x50x3 RHS 5200 4500 4100 3800 3450 3200 3000 2800 2650
HIGH
250x50x3 RHS 5000 4100 3550
2900 3150
2700 2500 2350 2250
Footing
TO CALCULATE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAMS
2-250x50x3 RHS 6350 5500 5000 4450 4050 3750 3500 3300 3150
Typically the tributary length for simply supported beams only is half the lengthBeam Size to
of the louvre span (refer note below)
300x50x3.5 RHS 6150 5000 4300 3850 Achieve
3500Desired Span
3250 3050 2850
Base Plate Connection 2700
Determining the Tributary length is shown through figures 1–4 on pages 10.09 and 10.10 of this engineering section.
2-300x50x3.5 RHS JOB NAME:
7800 6850 LouvreTec
6150 Manual5450
2012 5000 4600 4300 4050PAGE No:3850

Note: Care must be taken

150x50x3 RHS when calculating the tributary
2900SECTION:2450 length for midLOUVRETEC
2100 1900 onBEAM
beams 1750CALCULATIONS
continuous spanning
1600 structures
1500 as half
1400 1 1350
SPAN SUMMARY
// 2. SINGLE CANTILEVER
the louvre span on either side of the beam may not be equal.
2-150x50x3 RHS 3700 3200 2900
CONFIGURATIONS
2650 2400
AVAILABLE
2250 2100 1950 1850
JOB NO: L030-0003B
200x50x3 RHS 3700 3000 2600 2350 DESIGNED:
2100 1950 1850 MR
1750 1650
DATE: 11/04/2013
CALCULATION SHEET
HOUSE HOUSE HOUSE
VERY 2-200x50x3 RHS 4750 4150 3700 3300 3000 2800 2600 2450 2350
HIGH
Roof Beam
250x50x3 RHS 4400
(preliminary
3600
values only
3100 2800
- to be2550
confirmed by engineer)
2350 2200 2050 1950

2-250x50x3 RHS Max5800

Beam Span5050
(mm) 4350 3900
LOUVRES 3550 3300
LOUVRES 3100 2900LOUVRES
2750

300x50x3.5 RHSof louvre

Tributary length 5350
1 4350
1.5 3750
2 3350
2.5 3050
3 2850
3.5 2650
4 2500
4.5 2400
5
Wind
WindZone
Zone 2-300x50x3.5 RHS
Beam Size (mm) 7200 6200 5350 4800 4350 4050 3750 3550 3350

150x50x3 RHS 2700

3950 2200
3450 1900
3150
HOUSE
1700
2900 1550
2750
HOUSE
1450
2550 1350
2400 1300
2250
HOUSE2150
1200

2-150x50x3 RHS 4900

3450 4300
3000 3950
2700 3650
2400 3450
2200 3300
2050 3150
1900 3000
1800 2900
1700

200x50x3 RHS 5050

3350 4400
2750 4000
2350 3700
2100 3400
1950 3150
1800 2950
1650 2750 2600
1550LOUVRES
1500
LOUVRES LOUVRES
2-200x50x3 RHS
2-200x50x3 RHS 6250
4450 5500
3850 5050
3350 4700
3000 4400
2750 4200
2550 4000
2350 3850
2250 3750
2100
EXTRA
LOW
HIGH 250x50x3 RHS
250x50x3 RHS 6100
4000 5350
3250 4900
2800 4450
2500 4050
2300 3750
2150 3500
2000 3300
1850 3150
1800
2-250x50x3 RHS
2-250x50x3 RHS 7550
5400 6700
4600 6100
3950 5700
3550 5350
3250 5100
HOUSE
3000 4900
2800 4650
2650 4400
2500
// 3. CONTINUOUS
300x50x3.5 RHS
300x50x3.5 RHS
SPAN 7500
4850 6600
3950 6000
3400 5400
3050 4900
2800 4550
2600 4250
2400 4000
2250 3800
2150
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 9250 8200 7500 7000 6600 6300 6000 5700 5400
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6750 5600 4850 4350 3950 3650 3400 3200 3050
150x50x3 RHS 3650 3150 2850
Refer
2600
to section
2350
12 for2200
full engineering
2050
details.
1950 1850

2-150x50x3 RHS 4550 4000 3650 ALUMINIUM

3350 3150 BEAMS
3000 ALUMINIUM
2850 2700 POSTS
2550

200x50x3 RHS 4650 4050 3550 150

3200 x 50 x 2900
3 2700 2500
x 50 x 3 2350 POSTS
2250
NOTE // THE FOLLOwING CHART IS ONLY FOR THE TRIPLE ALUMINIUM BEAM 3-300x50x3.5BEAMS wIND zONES 50ALUMINIUM
2-200x50x3 RHS 5800 5100 4650 2/150
4300 x 50 4050
x3 3850 3600 3350 3200
MEDIUM 3-300x50x3.5 RHS MAX BEAM SPAN (mm) 150 X 150 X3 75 X 75 X 32850
250x50x3 RHS
Tributary length of louvres
5650
1
4950
1.5
4250
2
3800
200 3450
2.5 x 50 x 3 3
3200
3.5
75 x
3000
4
50 x 3 4.5
4.5
2700
5 5
Wind Zone 2-250x50x3
Beam Size RHS 7000 6200 5650 2/150 X5250
50 X 3 100 X 100 X4000
3
Wind Zone 2/200 x 50 4900
x3 4500 4200 3750

300x50x3.5 RHS 6950 6000 5150 200 X 50 X3

4600 4200 3900 753650
x 75
100 x 3 X3450
X 100 5 3250
LOW 10400 9250 8500 250
7950x 50 x 37500 7150 6850 6600 6400
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 8600 7600 6950 6450 6000 5550 5150 4850 4600
2/200 X 50 X x3 50 x 3
2/250 150 X 150 X 3
MEDIUM 150x50x3 RHS 9700
3200 8600
2800 7900
2400 7350
2150 6950
1950 6600
1850
100 x 50 x 31600
6350
1700 6000 5700
1550
225 X 300
50 X x3 50 x 3
3-300x50x3.5
2-150x50x3 RHS RHS 4050 3500 3200 2950 2750 2550 2400 2250 2150
HIGH 8800 7800 7100
2/225 X 6600
50 X x3 50 x6150
2/300 3 5650 100 x
5300 100 x 35000 4700
200x50x3 RHS 4100 3450 2950 2650 2400 2250 2100 2000 1900
VERY HIGH 2-200x50x3 RHS 8200
5200 7200
4500 6500 250 X 50
4100 X3
5900
3800 5350
3450 4950
3200 4650
3000 4350
2800 4150
2650
HIGH
250x50x3 RHS 5000 4100 3550 2/250 X3150
50 X 3 2900 2700 2500 2350 2250
EXTRA HIGH 7750 6750 5950 5300 4850 4500 4200 3950 3750
2-250x50x3 RHS 6350 5500 5000 300 X 50
4450
X3 4050 3750 3500 3300 3150

300x50x3.5 RHS 6150 5000 4300 3850 3500 3250 3050 2850 2700
2/300 X 50 X 3
Fix double beams together
2-300x50x3.5 RHS with 2/10g7800x 25mm6850
S/S Pan head
6150 self tapping
5450 screws
500050mm in from top4300
4600 and bottom
4050of box 3850
3/300 X 50 X 3
section at 900crs. Use
150x50x3 RHS continuous flexible
2900 sealant
2450/ adhesive
2100along top
1900and bottom
1750 between
1600 box sections.
1500 1400 1350

2-150x50x3 RHS 3700 3200 2900 2650 2400 2250 2100

PRODUCT 1950
CATALOGUE 1850
2009 ©
LOUVRETEC® GROUP
BEAM TYPES //1850
technical specification subject to change without notice
200x50x3 RHS 3700 3000 2600 2350 2100 1950 1750 1650

12.04 VERY
HIGH
2-200x50x3 RHS 4750 4150 3700 3300 3000 2800 2600 2450
LOUVRETEC GROUP ACCEPTS NO LIABILITY IF STRUCTURES ARE NOT DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THIS TECHNICAL MANUAL.
250x50x3 RHS 4400 3600 3100 2800 2550 2350 2200 2050
2350

1950

2-250x50x3 RHS 5800 5050 4350 3900 3550 3300 3100 2900 2750

300x50x3.5 RHS 5350 4350 3750 3350 3050 2850 2650 2500 2400

Fix xdouble
150 50 x 3 beams together
2-300x50x3.5
2/150 x 50 x3
RHS with 2/10g7200x 25mm
200 x 50 x 3 2/200 x 50 x S/S
3 Pan head
6200
225 x 50self
5350 tapping
x 3 2/225 x 50 screws
4800
x3 50mm
250 x 50 xin
4350
3 from
2/250top
4050 and bottom
x 50 x 3
3750
300 xof
50box
x 3 section
3550 3350
2/300 x 50 x 3.5 3/300 x 50 x 3.5
at 900crs. Use continuous
150x50x3 RHS flexible sealant
2700 / adhesive2200along top1900and bottom1700 between 1550box sections.
1450 1350 1300 1200

BEAM TYPES2-150x50x3 RHS 3450 3000 2700 2400 2200 2050 1900 1800 1700

200x50x3 RHS 3350 2750 2350 2100 1950 1800 1650 1550 1500
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.07
EXTRA 2-200x50x3 RHS
www.louvretec.co.nz
4450
www.louvretec.com.au
3850 3350 3000 2750 2550 2350 2250 2100
HIGH
©Louvretec 2017.250x50x3 RHS 4000 3250without notice.
2800 2500 2300 2150 2000 1850 1800
All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change 11:07
2-250x50x3 RHS 5400 4600 3950 3550 3250 3000 2800 2650 2500
PRODUCT CaTaLOGUE 2013© LOUVRETEC® GROUP
300x50x3.5 RHS
// technical specification 4850 3950 3400 3050 2800 2600 2400 2250 2150
150 x 50 x 3 subject to change
2/150 without
x 50 x 3 notice 200 x 50 x 3 2/200 x 50 x 3 250 x 50 x 3 2/250 x 50 x 3 300 x 50 x 3 2/300 x 50 x 3
 ENGINEERING SPECIFIERS GUIDE

all pages refer to section 11 - engineering reports

STEP 1 WIND ZONE WIND ZONE

STEP 1 WIND ZONE WIND ZONE
DETERMINE WIND ZONE FROM NZS
DETERMINE WIND ZONE FROM NZS 3604: 2011
(SECTION 5) L M H VH EH (Please circle one)
(SECTION 5) L M H VH EH (Please circle one)
OR PRESSURES FROM DESIGN CODES
OR PRESSURES FROM DESIGN CODES

STEP 2 STRUCTURAL STRUCTURAL TYPE & DIMENSIONS

STEP 2 STRUCTURAL STRUCTURAL TYPE & DIMENSIONS
TYPE &
TYPE & DETERMINE STRUCTURE TYPE EITHER:
DIMENSIONS DETERMINE STRUCTURE TYPE EITHER:
DIMENSIONS 1) SIMPLY SUPPORTED (FIG 1 PG 16) Please
1) SIMPLY SUPPORTED (FIG 11 PGPG16)7) Please
Tick One
PAGEPAGE
7 88
PAGE 2) CANTILEVER (FIG
2) CANTILEVER
(FIG 2 PG
PG16)
2 PG 7)
16) Tick One
3) CONTINUOUS SPAN (FIG
(FIG 33 or 4 PG 17)
PG4 7)
3) CONTINUOUS SPAN (FIG 3 or PG 17)

DETERMINE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS FROM

DETERMINE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS FROM
APPROPRIATE FIGURE
APPROPRIATE FIGURE
LOUVRE BEAM
LOUVRE BEAM
SPAN: mm SPAN: mm
SPAN: mm SPAN: mm

STEP 3 LOUVRE LOUVRE TYPE

STEP 3 LOUVRE LOUVRE TYPE
TYPE
TYPE CHOOSE LOUVRETEC LOUVRE TYPE FROM MANUAL
PAGES 10,11,12,13 CHOOSE LOUVRETEC LOUVRE TYPE FROM MANUAL
PAGES
PAGES910,11,12,13
- 12 LOUVRE
LOUVRE
TYPE: VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
TYPE: VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
Please Tick One
Please Tick One

CHECK
CHECKMAXMAX
SPAN FROMFROM
TABLES 1-4, PAGES
1-4, 10-13
CHECK MAX SPANSPAN
FROM TABLESTABLES
1-4, PAGES PAGES 9-12
10-13
MAX SPAN: mm
MAX SPAN:
MAX SPAN: ______________________________mm mm NOT OK, over span
NOT OK, over span
OK (choose alternative
(choose alternative
STEP 4 louvre type or alter
STEP 4 BEAM
BEAM
BEAM
BEAM SIZE
SIZE
louvre type or alter
structure to suit)
SIZE structure to suit)
SIZE DETERMINE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAM.
DETERMINE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAM.
PAGE 12.8 DESIGN - REFER APPROPRIATE LOUVRE AND BEAM
PAGE 12.8 DESIGN - REFER APPROPRIATE LOUVRE AND BEAM
PAGES 13, 14 DESIGN CALCULATIONS. FIG. 1-5 ON PAGES 16, 17, 18
DESIGN CALCULATIONS. FIG. 1-5 ON
ONPAGES
PAGES16,15,
17,16,
18 17
NOT OK, over TRIBUTARY LENGTH: mm
NOT OK, over TRIBUTARY LENGTH: mm
span or over
span or over
loaded (increase
loaded (increase
beam size or alter
beam size or alter
structure to suit) DETERMINE
structure to suit) DETERMINEBEAM
DETERMINE BEAMSIZE
BEAM SIZE
SIZE
FROM
FROM
FROM
PAGES14,
PAGES 15
PAGES14, 13, 14
15
BEAM SIZE: mm
BEAM SIZE: mm

STEP 5 POST POST

STEP 5 POST POST SIZE
SIZE
SIZE DETERMINE TRIBUTARY AREA (ROOF AREA)
SIZE DETERMINE TRIBUTARY AREA (ROOF AREA)
PAGES 18 - 2512.20
PAGE 12.19, TRIBUTARY EDGE LENGTH AND POST HEIGHT
TRIBUTARY
REFER EDGE LENGTH AND POST HEIGHT
PAGE 12.19, 12.20 (REFER PAGES
PAGES 219,
0 , 20)
2 1)
(REFER PAGES 2 0 , 2 1 )
TRIB. ROOF AREA: L x W = m22 NOT OK, over
TRIB. ROOF AREA: L x W = m NOT OK, over
TRIB. EDGE LENGTH: mm height (increase
TRIB. EDGE LENGTH: mm height (increase
POST HEIGHT: mm structure to reduce
POST HEIGHT: mm structure to reduce
roof area or add
roof area or add
extra post)
SPECIFY POST SIZE FROM APPROPRIATE TABLE extra post)
SPECIFY POST SIZE FROM APPROPRIATE TABLE
FOR SPECIFIED WIND ZONE REFER
(REFERPAGES
PAGES 18,
19, 21-25
22-26)
FOR SPECIFIED WIND ZONE (REFER PAGES 19, 22-26)
POST SIZE:
POST SIZE:
OK
STEP 6 FOOTING SIZE
STEP 6 FOOTING FOOTING SIZE
FOOTING
SIZE
SIZE MEASURE TRIBUTARY AREA LOADING POST.
MEASURE TRIBUTARY AREA LOADING POST.
PAGES26
PAGES 27-31
- 28 TRIBUTARY AREA:
PAGES 27-31 TRIBUTARY AREA:
REFER APPROPRIATE
(REFER FIGUREPAGES
APPROPRIATE FIGURE PAGES20,19,
2120
(REFER APPROPRIATE FIGURE PAGES 20, 21 NOT OK, too large
NOT OK, too large
(alter structure to
(alter structure to
DETERMINE REQUIRED CONCRETE VOLUME FROM reduce roof area or
DETERMINE REQUIRED CONCRETE VOLUME FROM reduce roof area or
PAGE 28
26 & CHOOSE APPROPRIATE FOOTING SIZE add extra post)
PAGE 28 & CHOOSE APPROPRIATE FOOTING SIZE add extra post)
CONCRETE VOLUME:
CONCRETE VOLUME:
FOOTING SIZE:
FOOTING SIZE:

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.08

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:08 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TABLE 1

ENGINEERING - CHARTS FOR CALCULATING LOUVRE SPANS

chart: // OPENING
calculate opening ROOFS
roof spans

table 1

OVERHEAD ADJUSTABLE
AND FIXED

inside
wind zone L M H VH EH
(self wt)
ultimate
factored winddesign
speed at
factored wind speed 115km/h 133km/h 158km/h 179km/h 198km/h
atbuilding
building
32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s

ultimate limit
downthrust +0.92
+ 1.1 ++1.23
1.48 ++1.74
2.09 +2.24
+ 2.70 ++2.71
3.27
state loads (kPa)
uplift --1.15
1.38 --1.53
1.85 --2.17
2.61 --2.80
3.38 --3.39
4.08

louvre image louvre type inside L M H VH EH

200 Super Roof 5600 4500 4500 4500 4500 4000

200 Super Roof Lite 4900 4500 4500 3950 3500 3200

200 Super Roof Lite

4900 4500 4500 3950 3500 3200
Curved

200 Linear V Groove 4100 3950 3550 3150 2750 2550

180 Linear 3900 3750 3400 3000 2700 2450

180 Classic 4500 3900 3700 3100 2700 2450

260 Translucent
New Heavy Duty
260 Translucent 4000 3600 3450 3250 3050 2750
System

200 Suburban 5100 4500 4250 3550 3100 2800

WWW.LOUVRETEC.CO.NZ

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.09

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:09
 TABLE 2
chart: calculate sun louvres airfoil spans
ENGINEERING - CHARTS FOR CALCULATING LOUVRE SPANS // SUN LOUVRES TABLE 2

ENGINEERING - CHARTS FOR CALCULATING LOUVRE SPANSAIRFOIL

// SUN LOUVRES
table 2
AIRFOIL
HORIZONTAL WALL VERTICAL WALL
ADJUSTABLE AND ADJUSTABLE AND

HORIZONTAL WALL VERTICAL WALL

ADJUSTABLE AND ADJUSTABLE AND
FIXED FIXED

inside
wind zone L M H VH EH
(self wt)
ultimate design
factored
factoredwind
windspeed
speedat inside
115km/h 133km/h 158km/h 179km/h 198km/h
building wind zone
atbuilding L M H VH E
(self wt)
factored wind speed at 32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s
115km/h 133km/h 158km/h 179km/h 198
ultimate limit building
downthrust + 0.92 + 1.23 + 1.74 + 2.24 + 2.71
state loads (kPa)
32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55
uplift
- 1.15 - 1.53 - 2.17 - 2.80 - 3.39
ultimate limit
downthrust + 0.92 + 1.23 + 1.74 + 2.24 +
state loads (kPa)
louvre image louvre type inside L M H VH EH
uplift
- 1.15 - 1.53 - 2.17 - 2.80 -3
70mm KISS Pivot
2050 1900 1700 1500 1400 1300
mini louvre
louvre image louvre type inside L M H VH E
90mm KISS Pivot
2350 2000 1850 1600 1500 1400
midi louvre
70mm KISS Pivot
2050 1900 1700 1500 1400 13
mini louvre
150mm KISS Pivot
2900 2750 2500 2200 2000 1900
midi louvre
90mm KISS Pivot
2350 2000 1850 1600 1500 14
midi louvre
120mm Airfoil
2400 2300 2100 1850 1700 1600
sun louvre
150mm KISS Pivot
2900 2750 2500 2200 2000 19
midi louvre
180mm Airfoil
3100 2950 2700 2400 2200 2050
sun louvre
120mm Airfoil
2400 2300 2100 1850 1700 16
200mm sun louvre
3700 3700 3550 2950 2600 2350
maxi louvre
180mm Airfoil
300mm sun louvre 3100 2950 2700 2400 2200 20
4800 4800 4800 4200 3700 3350
maxi louvre
200mm
600mm maxi louvre 3700 3700 3550 2950 2600 23
5800 5800 5600 4700 4100 3700
maxi louvre
300mm
4800 4800 4800 4200 3700 33
maxi louvre

600mm
5800 5800 5600 4700 4100 37
maxi louvre

WWW.LOUVRETEC.CO.NZ

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.10

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.

WWW.LOUVRETEC.CO.NZ
 chart: calculate sun louvres rectangular spans

TABLE 3
table 3
ENGINEERING - CHARTS FOR CALCULATING LOUVRE SPANS // SUN LOUVRES
RECTANGULAR
HORIZONTAL WALL VERTICAL WALL
ADJUSTABLE AND ADJUSTABLE
FIXED AND FIXED

inside
wind zone L M H VH EH
(self wt)
ultimate design
ultimate design
factoredwind
factored windspeed
speedat 115km/h 133km/h 158km/h 179km/h 198km/h
at building
building

32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s

ultimate limit
downthrust + 0.92 + 1.23 + 1.74 + 2.24 + 2.71
state loads (kPa)
uplift
- 1.15 - 1.53 - 2.17 - 2.80 - 3.39

louvre image louvre type inside L M H VH EH

120mm
2600 2500 2300 2050 1900 1750
Flush
200mm
3500 3350 3000 2650 2450 2250
Flush

125mm
2600 2500 2300 2050 1900 1750
Weatherboard

180mm
3200 3050 2800 2500 2300 2100
Weatherboard

150mm
Helena Bay 3200 3050 2750 2400 2200 2050
Weatherboard
Weatherboard

95mm Bella Vista 2550 2100 1900 1700 1550 1450

95mm Bella Vista

3000 2800 2550 2250 2050 1900
Heavy
135mm
4850 4400 4400 4100 3700 3500
Hi-Span
165mm
4950 4500 4500 4200 3800 3500
Hi-Span

WHEN USING AS A BALUSTRADE:

NEW FULL HEIGHT OPERABLE OR FIXED BALUSTRADE LOUVRES
NZ COMPLIANT - MAX OPENING BETWEEN BLADES NO WIDER THAN 100MM
135mm
3000* 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Hi-Span

AUSTRALIAN COMPLIANT - MAX OPENING BETWEEN BLADES NO WIDER THAN 125MM

165mm
3300* 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300
Hi-Span
FOR LONGER SITE SPECIFIC SPANS CONTACT LOUVRETEC

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.11

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
WWW.LOUVRETEC.CO.NZ
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:11
 TABLE 4
chart: calculate sun louvres rectangular spans
ENGINEERING - CHARTS FOR CALCULATING LOUVRE SPANS // ALUMINIUM
BOX SECTIONS
table 4

OVERHEAD HORIZONTAL WALL VERTICAL WALL

ADJUSTABLE AND ADJUSTABLE AND ADJUSTABLE AND
FIXED FIXED FIXED

inside
wind zone L M H VH EH
(self wt)
ultimate design
factored
factoredwind
windspeed
speedat 115km/h 133km/h 158km/h 179km/h 198km/h
atbuilding
building

32 m/s 37 m/s 44 m/s 50 m/s 55 m/s

ultimate limit
downthrust + 0.92 + 1.23 + 1.74 + 2.24 + 2.71
state loads (kPa)
uplift
- 1.15 - 1.53 - 2.17 - 2.80 - 3.39

louvre image louvre type inside L M H VH EH

RL 300 Square 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

RL 450 Square 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

RL 600 Square 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

RL 300 Mitred 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

RL 450 Mitred 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

RL 600 Mitred 5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050

150x50x3 RHS Beam

5800 5800 5800 5150 4500 4050
with screw ports

200x50x3 RHS Beam 6450

*6650 6450
*6650 *6050 *5050 *4400 *4000

225x50x3 RHS Beam 6650

6450 6450
6450 5700 4750 4150 3750

250x50x3 RHS Beam *6700

6450 6100
6450 5400 4500 3950 3550

300x50x3 RHS Beam *6700

6450 6350
6450 5600 4750 4150 3750

WWW.LOUVRETEC.CO.NZ

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.12

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:12 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 2-200x50x3 RHS 6250 5500 5050 4700 4400 4200 4000 3850 3750
LOW
250x50x3 RHS 6100 5350 4900 4450 4050 3750 3500 3300 3150

2-250x50x3 RHS 7550 6700 6100 5700 5350 5100 4900 4650 4400

300x50x3.5 RHS 7500 6600 6000 5400 4900 4550 4250 4000 3800
chart: beam calculation
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 9250 8200 7500 7000 6600 6300 6000 5700 5400

150x50x3 RHS 3650 3150 2850 2600 2350 2200 2050 1950 1850

engineering - beam calculation

2-150x50x3 RHS

200x50x3 RHS
to calculate tributary
4550

4650
length 4050
JOB for
NAME:
4000 3650

3550
beams
3350

3200 2017 2900

LouvreTec Manual
3150 3000

2700
2850

2500
2700

2350
2550

2250
PAGE No:
table 5
2-200x50x3 RHS 5800 5100 4650 4300 4050
LOUVRETEC 3850
BEAM CALCULATIONS 3600 3350 3200
Typically theTO
MEDIUM CALCULATE
tributary lengthTRIBUTARY
250x50x3 RHS
LENGTHSECTION:
for simply 5650
supported FOR
4950
BEAMS
beams only4250
is half the3800
length ofSPAN
the louvre
3450
SUMMARY span (refer3000
3200
note below).
2850
1
Determining
2700
the
Typically the
tributary length2-250x50x3
is shownRHStributary length
through figures7000for simply
1 - 5 onJOB supported
pages beams
NO: 15, 16 L030-0003B
and 17 only
of thisis half the
engineeringlength of
section.the louvre span (refer note below)
6200 5650 5250 4900 4500
DESIGNED: 4200 4000 MR 3750
Note: Care Determining
must be taken
CALCULATION
the
SHEET
300x50x3.5 RHS
Tributary
when length
calculating
6950
theistributary
shown
DATE: through
6000
length
5150
figures
08/03/2017
for 1–4 onon
mid 4600
beams pages 12.09 and
continuous
4200
12.11 of
spanning
3900
this engineering
structures
3650
as half thesection.
3450
louvre
3250
span on either side
Note: of the
Care must
2-300x50x3.5
beam may not
RHSbe taken when
be equal.7600 the tributary
8600 calculating 6950 length
6450 for mid beams on5550
6000 continuous spanning4850
5150 structures4600
as half
the louvre span on either side of the beam may not be equal.
150x50x3 RHS 3200 2800 2400 2150 1950 1850 1700 1600 1550
Roof Beams Max Beam Span (mm)
2-150x50x3 RHS 4050 3500 3200 2950 2750 2550 2400 2250 2150
Roof Beam Tributary length of louvre 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5

engineering - beam calculation

200x50x3 RHS 4100 3450 2950 2650 2400 2250 2100 2000 1900
Wind Zone Beam Size (mm)
2-200x50x3 RHS 5200 4500 4100 3800 3450 3200 3000 2800 2650
HIGH 150x50x3 RHS 4150 3600 3300 3050 2900 2750 2650 2500 2350
250x50x3 RHS 5000 4100 3550 3150 2900 2700 2500 2350 2250
2-150x50x3 RHS 5150 4500 4150 3850 3600 3450 3300 3150 3050
TO CALCULATE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAMS
2-250x50x3 RHS RHS
200x50x3 6350 5250 5500 4650 5000 4200 4450 3900 4050 3700 37503450 35003250 3300 3150
Typically the tributary length for simply supported beams only is half the length of the louvre span (refer note below) 3050 2900
300x50x3.5 RHS 6150 6450 5000 5750 4300 5250 3850 4900 3500 4650 32504400 30504200 2850 2700
Determining the Tributary length is shown through figures 1–4 on pages 10.09 and 10.10 of this engineering section. 4050
2-200x50x3 RHS 3900
2-300x50x3.5 RHS RHS
225x50x3 JOB5850
7800 NAME:
6850 LouvreTec
5150 Manual5450
6150 4700 20124350 5000 4000 46003700 43003500 4050PAGE No:3850
3300 3100

Note: Care must be taken

150x50x3
LOW RHS when
2-225x50x3 RHScalculating the tributary
2900SECTION:
6450 length
2450 6400 2100 midLOUVRETEC
for5850 beams onBEAM
1900 5450 1750CALCULATIONS
continuous
5150 spanning
16004900 structures
15004700 as half
1400
4500 1 1350
4350
SPAN SUMMARY
the louvre span on either
2-150x50x3 RHS side
250x50x3 RHSof the beam
3700 may
6400 not
3200be5650
equal.2900 5150 2650 4750 2400 4450 22504150 21003850 1950
3650 1850
3450
JOB NO: L030-0003B
200x50x32-250x50x3
RHS RHS 3700 6450 3000 6450 2600 6400 2350 5950 DESIGNED:
2100 5650 19505350 18505150 MR4950
1750 1650
4750
CALCULATION SHEET DATE: 11/04/2013
VERY 300x50x3.5
2-200x50x3 RHS RHS 4750 6450 4150 6450 3700 6300 3300 5900 3000 5400 28005000 26004700 4400
2450 4200
2350
HIGH
Roof Beam 250x50x32-300x50x3.5
RHS RHS 4400 6450 3600 6450 3100 6450 2800 6450
(preliminary values only - to be confirmed by engineer) 2550 6450 23506450 22006300 6100
2050 5900
1950

2-250x50x3 3-300x50x3.5
RHS RHS 6450 6450 4350 6450 3900 6450 3550 6450 33006450 31006450 6450 6450
Max5800
Beam Span5050
(mm) 2900 2750

300x50x3.5 150x50x3 RHS

RHSof louvre 5350 3800 4350 3350 3750 3050 3350 2850 3050 2600 2850 2400 2250
2650 25002150 2000
2400
Tributary length 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
Wind Zone 2-150x50x3 RHS 4750 4200 3800 3550 3350 3200 3050 2950 2850
Wind Zone 2-300x50x3.5
Beam Size (mm) RHS 7200 6200 5350 4800 4350 4050 3750 3550 3350
200x50x3 RHS 4900 4300 3900 3500 3200 2950 2800 2600 2500
150x50x3 RHS 2700
3950 2200
3450 1900
3150 1700
2900 1550
2750 1450
2550 1350
2400 1300
2250 1200
2150
2-200x50x3 RHS 6050 5350 4900 4550 4300 4050 3900 3700 3550
2-150x50x3 RHS 4900
3450 4300
3000 3950
2700 3650
2400 3450
2200 3300
2050 3150
1900 3000
1800 2900
1700
225x50x3 RHS 5400 4750 4200 3750 3450 3200 2950 2800 2650
200x50x3 RHS 5050
3350 4400
2750 4000
2350 3700
2100 3400
1950 3150
1800 2950
1650 2750
1550 2600
1500
MEDIUM 2-225x50x3 RHS 6450 5900 5400 5050 4750 4500 4200 4000 3750
2-200x50x3 RHS
2-200x50x3 RHS 6250
4450 5500
3850 5050
3350 4700
3000 4400
2750 4200
2550 4000
2350 3850
2250 3750
2100
EXTRA
LOW 250x50x3 RHS 5900 5200 4700 4200 3850 3550 3300 3100 2950
HIGH 250x50x3 RHS
250x50x3 RHS 6100
4000 5350
3250 4900
2800 4450
2500 4050
2300 3750
2150 3500
2000 3300
1850 3150
1800
2-250x50x3 RHS 6450 6450 5900 5500 5200 4950 4650 4400 4150
2-250x50x3 RHS
2-250x50x3 RHS 7550
5400 6700
4600 6100
3950 5700
3550 5350
3250 5100
3000 4900
2800 4650
2650 4400
2500
300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6400 5700 5100 4650 4300 4000 3800 3600
300x50x3.5 RHS
300x50x3.5 RHS 7500
4850 6600
3950 6000
3400 5400
3050 4900
2800 4550
2600 4250
2400 4000
2250 3800
2150
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 6450 6450 6400 6100 5700 5400 5100
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 9250 8200 7500 7000 6600 6300 6000 5700 5400
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6750 5600 4850 4350 3950 3650 3400 3200 3050
3-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 6450 6450 6450 6450 6450 6400 6200
150x50x3 RHS 3650 3150 2850 2600 2350 2200 2050 1950 1850
150x50x3 RHS 3400 2950 2650 2400 2150 2000 1900 1750 1700
2-150x50x3 RHS 4550 4000 3650 3350 3150 3000 2850 2700 2550
2-150x50x3 RHS 4300 3750 3400 3150 2950 2800 2650 2500 2350
200x50x3 RHS 4650 4050 3550 3200 2900 2700 2500 2350 2250
NOTE // THE FOLLOwING 200x50x3 RHS CHART IS ONLY FOR THE
4350 TRIPLE BEAM
3800 3300 3-300x50x3.5
2950 wIND zONES
2650 2450 2300 2200 2050
2-200x50x3 RHS 5800 5100 4650 4300 4050 3850 3600 3350 3200
MEDIUM 3-300x50x3.5 2-200x50x3
RHSRHS MAX BEAM5500
SPAN (mm) 4800 4350 4050 3800 3500 3300 3100 2950
250x50x3 RHS 5650 4950 4250 3800 3450 3200 3000 2850 2700
Tributary length of louvres
225x50x3 RHS 1 4850 1.5 4050 2 3500 2.5 3150 3 2850 3.5 2650 4 2500 4.5
4.52350 5 52200
Wind
Wind Zone 2-250x50x3
Zone Beam Size RHS 7000 6200 5650 5250 4900 4500 4200 4000 3750
HIGH 2-225x50x3 RHS 6050 5350 4850 4450 4050 3750 3500 3300 3150
300x50x3.5 RHS 6950 6000 5150 4600 4200 3900 3650 3450 3250
LOW 10400 9250 8500 7950 7500 7150 6850 6600 6400
250x50x3 RHS 5300 4500 3900 3500 3200 2950 2750 2600 2450
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 8600 7600 6950 6450 6000 5550 5150 4850 4600
2-250x50x3 RHS 6450 5850 5300 4900 4500 4150 3900 3650 3450
MEDIUM 150x50x3 RHS 9700
3200 8600
2800 7900
2400 7350
2150 6950
1950 6600
1850 6350
1700 6000
1600 5700
1550
300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 5500 4750 4250 3850 3600 3350 3150 3000
HIGH
3-300x50x3.5
2-150x50x3 RHS RHS 4050 3500 3200
8800 6450 7800 6450 7100 6450
2950
6600 6050
2750
6150 5500
2550
56505100
2400
5300
2250
5000
2150
4700
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 4750 4500 4250
200x50x3 RHS 4100 3450 2950 2650 2400 2250 2100 2000 1900
3-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 6450 6450 6450 6250 5850 5500 5200
VERY HIGH 2-200x50x3 RHS 8200
5200 7200
4500 6500
4100 5900
3800 5350
3450 4950
3200 4650
3000 4350
2800 4150
2650
HIGH
250x50x3 RHS 5000 4100 3550 3150 2900 2700 2500 2350 2250
EXTRA HIGH 7750 6750 5950 5300 4850 4500 4200 3950 3750
Fix double beams together
2-250x50x3 RHS with 2/10g x 25mm S/S5500
6350 pan head5000
self tapping screws 50mm
4450 4050 in from
3750top and3500
bottom of3300
box section
3150at 900 centres.

Use continuous300x50x3.5
flexible RHS
sealant/adhesive6150
along top5000
and bottom4300between3850box sections.
3500 3250 3050 2850 2700

Fix double beams together

2-300x50x3.5 RHS with 2/10g7800x 25mm6850
S/S Pan head
6150 self tapping
5450 screws
500050mm in from top4300
4600 and bottom
4050of box 3850

section at 900crs. Use

150x50x3 RHS continuous flexible
2900 sealant
2450/ adhesive
2100along top1900and bottom
1750 between
1600 box sections.
1500 1400 1350

2-150x50x3 RHS 3700 3200 2900 2650 2400 2250 2100 1950 1850
BEAM TYPES
200x50x3 RHS 3700 3000 2600 2350 2100 1950 1850 1750 1650

VERY 2-200x50x3 RHS 4750 4150 3700 3300 3000 2800 2600 2450 2350
HIGH 250x50x3 RHS 4400 3600 3100 2800 2550 2350 2200 2050 1950

2-250x50x3 RHS 5800 5050 4350 3900 3550 3300 3100 2900 2750

300x50x3.5 RHS 5350 4350 3750 3350 3050 2850 2650 2500 2400

Fix double beams

150 x 50 x 3 together
2-300x50x3.5 RHS with 2/10g7200
2/150 x 50 x 3 x 25mm S/S Pan head5350
6200
200 x 50 x 3 self tapping
2/200 x 50 x 3 screws 50mm
4800 4350 in from top and bottom
4050 3750
225 x 50 x 3 2/225 x 50 x 3 of box section 3350
3550
250 x 50 x 3 2/250 x 50 x 3 300 x 50 x 3 2/300 x 50 x 3.5 3/300 x 50 x 3.5
at 900crs. Use continuous
150x50x3 RHS flexible sealant
2700 / adhesive
2200along top and bottom
1900 1700 between box sections.
1550 1450 1350 1300 1200

BEAM TYPES 2-150x50x3 RHS 3450 3000 2700 2400 2200 2050 1900 1800 1700

200x50x3 RHS 3350 2750 2350 2100 1950 1800 1650 1550 1500

EXTRA 2-200x50x3 RHS 4450 3850 3350 3000 2750 2550 2350 2250 2100
HIGH
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
250x50x3 RHS 4000
FILE: 11.13 2800
3250 2500 2300 2150 2000 1850 1800
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
2-250x50x3 RHS 5400 4600 3950 3550 3250 3000 2800 2650 2500
©Louvretec
PRODUCT CaTaLOGUE2017.
2013 All© LOUVRETEC
rights reserved.
® Technical details subject to change without notice.
GROUP 11:13
300x50x3.5 RHS
// technical specification 4850 3950 3400 3050 2800 2600 2400 2250 2150
150 x 50 x 3 subject to change
2/150 without
x 50 x 3 notice 200 x 50 x 3 2/200 x 50 x 3 250 x 50 x 3 2/250 x 50 x 3 300 x 50 x 3 2/300 x 50 x 3
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6750 5600 4850 4350 3950
LOUVRETEC GROUP aCCEPTs nO LiabiLiTy if sTRUCTUREs aRE nOT DEsiGnED anD COnsTRUCTED in sTRiCT aCCORDanCE wiTh This TEChniCaL manUaL.
3650 3400 3200 3050
12.08a
 250x50x3 RHS 6100 5350 4900 4450 4050 3750 3500 3300 3150

2-250x50x3 RHS 7550 6700 6100 5700 5350 5100 4900 4650 4400

300x50x3.5 RHS 7500 6600 6000 5400 4900 4550 4250 4000 3800

2-300x50x3.5 RHS 9250 8200 7500 7000 6600 6300 6000 5700 5400
chart: beam
150x50x3calculation
RHS 3650 3150 2850 2600 2350 2200 2050 1950 1850

engineering - beam calculation

2-150x50x3 RHS

200x50x3 RHS
4550

4650
4000

4050
3650

3550
3350

3200
3150

2900
3000

2700
2850

2500
2700

2350
2550

2250
table 6 2-200x50x3 RHS 5800 5100 4650 4300 4050 3850 3600 3350 3200
toMEDIUM TO CALCULATE
calculate TRIBUTARY length
tributary LENGTHJOB FOR BEAMS LouvreTec Manual 2017
for
NAME: beams PAGE No:
250x50x3 RHS 5650 4950 4250 3800 3450 3200 3000 2850 2700
Typically the tributary length for simply supported beams onlyLOUVRETEC is half theBEAM
length of the louvre span (refer note below)
CALCULATIONS
Typically the tributary
2-250x50x3 length
RHS for simply supported
7000 beams
6200
SECTION: only
5650is half the
Determining the Tributary length is shown through figures 1–4 on pages length
5250 of the
4900 louvre
SPAN12.09 and 12.11 of this engineering section. the
span
4500
SUMMARY (refer note
4200 below).
4000 Determining
3750
2

tributary length is shown

300x50x3.5 RHSthrough figures69501 - 5 on6000
pages
JOB NO: 15,5150
16L030-0003B
and 174600of this engineering
4200 section.
3900 3650 3450 3250
DESIGNED: MR
Note: CareNote:
must Care must
RHSbe
be taken
2-300x50x3.5
CALCULATION taken
when
SHEET when
8600 calculating
calculating DATE:thelength
the tributary
7600 tributary
for length
mid
695008/03/2017 for mid
beams
6450 beams
on6000 on5550
continuouscontinuous
spanning5150spanning4850
structures structures
as as half
half the4600
louvre
the150x50x3
span on either louvre span
side ofRHS on either
the beam mayside
3200of
not bethe beam
2800 may not
equal. 2400 be equal.2150 1950 1850 1700 1600 1550

2-150x50x3 RHS 4050 3500 3200 2950 2750 2550 2400 2250 2150
Roof Beam
Roof Beams
engineering - beam calculation
200x50x3 RHS 4100 Max Beam Span (mm)2950
3450 2650 2400 2250 2100 2000 1900

2-200x50x3Tributary
RHS length of louvre
5200 1 4500 1.5 4100 2 3800 2.5 3450 3 3200 3.5 3000 4 2800 4.5 2650 5
HIGH
Wind Zone RHS
250x50x3 Beam Size (mm) 5000 4100 3550 3150 2900 2700 2500 2350 2250
TO CALCULATE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAMS
2-250x50x3150x50x3
RHS RHS 6350 31005500 2700 5000 2350 4450 2100 4050 1900 3750 1750 3500 1650 3300 1550 31501450
Typically the tributary length
2-150x50x3
for
RHS
simply supported
3900
beams only is half
3400 3100
the length
2850
of the louvre
2650
span2450
(refer note2300
below) 2150
300x50x3.5 RHS 6150 5000 4300 3850 3500 3250 3050 2850 27002050
Determining the Tributary length is shown through
200x50x3 RHS 3950
figures
3300
1–4 on 2850
pages 10.09 and 10.10
2550
of this engineering
2350 2150
section. 1900
2000
2-300x50x3.5 RHS JOB NAME:
7800 6850 LouvreTec
6150 Manual5450
2012 5000 4600 4300 4050PAGE No:38501800
2-200x50x3 RHS 5050 4400 3950 3650 3300 3050 2850 2700 2550
Note: Care must be taken
150x50x3 RHS when calculating the tributary
2900SECTION: 2450 length
2100for midLOUVRETEC
1900 onBEAM
beams 1750CALCULATIONS
continuous spanning
1600 structures
1500 as half
1400 1 1350
225x50x3 RHS 4350 3550 3050 SPAN
2750 SUMMARY
2500 2300 2150 2050 1950
the louvre span
VERY on
2-150x50x3either
RHS side of the beam
3700 may not 3200be equal.2900 2650 2400 2250 2100 1950 1850
JOB 5600
NO: L030-0003B
2-225x50x3 RHS 4850 4350 3900 3550
DESIGNED: 3300 3050 MR 2900 2750
HIGH RHS
200x50x3 3700
DATE:
3000 2600
11/04/2013
2350 2100 1950 1850 1750 1650
CALCULATION SHEET
250x50x3 RHS 4850 3950 3400 3050 2800 2600 2400 2300 2150
VERY 2-200x50x3 RHS 4750 4150 3700 3300 3000 2800 2600 2450 2350
2-250x50x3 RHS 6150 5350 4800 4300 3900 3650 3400 3200 3050
HIGH
Roof Beam 250x50x3 RHS
300x50x3.5 RHS
4400
(preliminary
5900
3600
4800
values
3100
4150
only
2800
- to be2550
3700
confirmed
3400
2350
by3150
engineer)
2200
2950
2050
2750
1950
2600
2-250x50x3 RHS Max5800
Beam Span5050(mm) 4350 3900 3550 3300 3100 2900 2750
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 5900 5250 4800 4450 4150 3900 3700
300x50x3.5 RHSof louvre
Tributary length 5350
1 4350
1.5 3750
2 3350
2.5 3050
3 2850
3.5 2650
4 2500
4.5 2400
5
3-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 6450 6400 5900 5450 5100 4800 4550
Wind
WindZone
Zone 2-300x50x3.5
Beam Size (mm) RHS 7200 6200 5350 4800 4350 4050 3750 3550 3350
150x50x3 RHS 2900 2450 2100 1900 1700 1600 1500 1400 1350
150x50x3 RHS 2700
3950 2200
3450 1900
3150 1700
2900 1550
2750 1450
2550 1350
2400 1300
2250 1200
2150
2-150x50x3 RHS 3650 3200 2900 2650 2400 2250 2100 1950 1850
2-150x50x3 RHS 4900
3450 4300
3000 3950
2700 3650
2400 3450
2200 3300
2050 3150
1900 3000
1800 2900
1700
200x50x3 RHS 3700 3000 2600 2300 2100 1950 1850 1750 1650
200x50x3 RHS 5050
3350 4400
2750 4000
2350 3700
2100 3400
1950 3150
1800 2950
1650 2750
1550 2600
1500
2-200x50x3 RHS 4700 4100 3700 3300 3000 2800 2600 2450 2350
2-200x50x3 RHS
2-200x50x3 RHS 6250
4450 5500 5050 4700 4400 4200 4000 3850 3750
EXTRA
LOW 225x50x3 RHS 39503850 3200 3350 2800 3000 2500 2750 2250 2550 2100 2350 1950 2250 1850 21001750
HIGH EXTRA 250x50x3 RHS
250x50x3 RHS 6100
4000 5350 4900 4450 4050 3750 3500 3300 3150
2-225x50x3 RHS 52503250 4550 2800 3950 2500 3550 2300 3200 2150 3000 2000 2800 1850 2600 18002500
HIGH
2-250x50x3 RHS
2-250x50x3 RHS 7550
5400 6700
4600 6100
3950 5700
3550 5350
3250 5100
3000 4900
2800 4650
2650 2050 4400
25001950
250x50x3 RHS 4400 3600 3100 2750 2550 2350 2200
300x50x3.5 RHS
300x50x3.5 RHS 7500
4850 6600
3950 6000
3400 5400
3050 4900
2800 4550
2600 4250
2400 4000
2250 3800
21502750
2-250x50x3 RHS 5750 5000 4350 3900 3550 3300 3050 2900
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 9250 8200 7500 7000 6600 6300 6000 5700 5400
2-300x50x3.5 RHS
300x50x3.5 RHS 6750 53505600 4350 4850 3750 4350 3350 3950 3050 3650 2850 3400 2650 3200 2500 30502350
150x50x3 RHS 3650 3150 2850 2600 2350 2200 2050 1950 1850
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6200 5350 4750 4350 4000 3750 3550 3350
2-150x50x3 RHS 4550 4000 3650 3350 3150 3000 2850 2700 2550
3-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 6450 5850 5350 4950 4600 4350 4150
200x50x3 RHS 4650 4050 3550 3200 2900 2700 2500 2350 2250
NOTE // THE FOLLOwING CHART IS ONLY FOR THE TRIPLE BEAM 3-300x50x3.5 wIND zONES
2-200x50x3 RHS 5800 5100 4650 4300 4050 3850 3600 3350 3200
MEDIUM 3-300x50x3.5 RHS MAX BEAM SPAN (mm)
Fix double beams
250x50x3together
RHS with 2/10g x 25mm S/S
5650 4950pan head
4250self tapping
3800 screws3450
50mm in from
3200 top and bottom 2850
3000 of box section
2700 at 900 centres.
Tributary length of louvres 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5
4.5 5 5
Use
Wind continuous
Wind
Zone Beam flexible
Zone 2-250x50x3
Size RHS sealant/adhesive
7000along top and bottom
6200 5650 between 5250box sections.
4900 4500 4200 4000 3750

300x50x3.5 RHS 6950 6000 5150 4600 4200 3900 3650 3450 3250
LOW 10400 9250 8500 7950 7500 7150 6850 6600 6400
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 8600 7600 6950 6450 6000 5550 5150 4850 4600
MEDIUM 150x50x3 RHS 9700
3200 8600
2800 7900
2400 7350
2150 6950
1950 6600
1850 6350
1700 6000
1600 5700
1550

HIGH
3-300x50x3.5
2-150x50x3 RHS RHS 4050
8800
3500
7800
3200
7100
2950
6600
2750
6150
2550
5650
2400
5300
2250
5000
2150
4700
200x50x3 RHS 4100 3450 2950 2650 2400 2250 2100 2000 1900
VERY HIGH 2-200x50x3 RHS 8200
5200 7200
4500 6500
4100 5900
3800 5350
3450 4950
3200 4650
3000 4350
2800 4150
2650
HIGH
250x50x3 RHS 5000 4100 3550 3150 2900 2700 2500 2350 2250
EXTRA HIGH 7750 6750 5950 5300 4850 4500 4200 3950 3750
2-250x50x3 RHS 6350 5500 5000 4450 4050 3750 3500 3300 3150

300x50x3.5 RHS 6150 5000 4300 3850 3500 3250 3050 2850 2700

Fix double beams together

2-300x50x3.5with
RHS 2/10g
7800x
Pan 25mm6850
S/S
self head
6150 tapping
5450 screws
500050mm in from
4600 top4300
and bottom
4050of box 3850

section at 900crs. Use

150x50x3 continuous flexible
RHS 2900 sealant
2450/ adhesive
2100along top
1900and bottom
1750 between
1600 box sections.
1500 1400 1350

2-150x50x3 RHS 3700 3200 2900 2650 2400 2250 2100 1950 1850
BEAM TYPES
200x50x3 RHS 3700 3000 2600 2350 2100 1950 1850 1750 1650

VERY 2-200x50x3 RHS 4750 4150 3700 3300 3000 2800 2600 2450 2350
HIGH 250x50x3 RHS 4400 3600 3100 2800 2550 2350 2200 2050 1950

2-250x50x3 RHS 5800 5050 4350 3900 3550 3300 3100 2900 2750

300x50x3.5 RHS 5350 4350 3750 3350 3050 2850 2650 2500 2400

Fix double beams

150 x 50 x 3 together
2-300x50x3.5 RHS with 2/10g7200
2/150 x 50 x 3 x 25mm S/S Pan head5350
6200
200 x 50 x 3 self tapping
2/200 x 50 x 3 screws 50mm
4800 4350 in from top and bottom
4050 3750
225 x 50 x 3 2/225 x 50 x 3 of box section 3350
3550
250 x 50 x 3 2/250 x 50 x 3 300 x 50 x 3 2/300 x 50 x 3.5 3/300 x 50 x 3.5
at 900crs. Use continuous
150x50x3 RHS flexible sealant
2700 / adhesive
2200along top and bottom
1900 1700 between box sections.
1550 1450 1350 1300 1200

BEAM TYPES 2-150x50x3 RHS 3450 3000 2700 2400 2200 2050 1900 1800 1700

200x50x3 RHS 3350 2750 2350 2100 1950 1800 1650 1550 1500

EXTRA 2-200x50x3 RHS 4450 3850 3350 3000 2750 2550 2350 2250 2100
HIGH 250x50x3 RHS 4000 3250 2800 2500 2300 2150 2000 1850 1800

2-250x50x3 RHS 5400 4600 3950 3550 3250

DATE MODIFIED 3000 2800
: 01/01/2017 2650 2500
FILE: 11.14
PRODUCT CaTaLOGUE 2013© LOUVRETEC® GROUP
300x50x3.5 RHS
// technical specification 4850 3950 3400 3050 www.louvretec.co.nz
2800 2600 2400 www.louvretec.com.au
2250 2150
150 x 50 x 3 subject to change
2/150 without
x 50 x 3 notice 200 x 50 x 3 2/200 x 50 x 3 250 x 50 x 3 2/250 x 50 x 3 300 x 50 x 3 2/300 x 50 x 3

12.08a
11:14 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6750 5600 4850 4350 3950 3650 3400 3200 3050
LOUVRETEC GROUP aCCEPTs nO LiabiLiTy if sTRUCTUREs aRE nOT DEsiGnED anD COnsTRUCTED in sTRiCT aCCORDanCE wiTh This TEChniCaL manUaL.
 TECHNICAL DETAILS: STRUCTURE ATTACHED TO HOUSE - TYPICAL STRUCTURE

TECHNICAL DETAILS // STRUCTURE ATTACHED TO HOUSE - TYPICAL STRUCTURES

TYPICAL DETAIL // SIMPLY SUPPORTED BEAM FIGURE 1

SIMPLY SUPPORTED
Figure 1

REFER TABLES 5 & 6 on pages 13,

14,14
15

TYPICAL DETAIL // CANTILEVER BEAM FIGURE 2

REFER TABLES 5 & 6

REFER TABLES 1 - 4 on pages 9-12

10 - 13

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.15

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:15
SC A LE N T S
 TECHNICAL DETAILS // STRUCTURE ATTACHED TO HOUSE - TYPICAL STRUCTURES
technical details: structure attached to house - typical structure

typical detail
TYPICAL continuous
DETAIL beam
// CONTINUOUS span
BEAM option
SPAN 1 FIGURE
OPTION 3 3
1 FIGURE

REFER TABLES 5, 6 REFER TABLES 5, 6

on pages 13, 14 on pages 13, 14

TYPICAL DETAIL // CONTINUOUS BEAM SPAN OPTION 2 FIGURE 4

typical detail continuous beam span option 2 FIGURE 4
REFER TABLES 5 & 6

REFER TABLES 5 & 6

REFER TABLES 1-4 REFER TABLES 1-4

on pages 09-12 on pages 09-12

SC A LE N T S

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.16

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:16 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP
// technical specification subject to change without notice
 TECHNICAL DETAILS: freestanding - TYPICAL STRUCTURE

typical detail simply supported beam figure 5

REFER TABLES 5,6 ON PAGES 13, 14

NOTES
1. WHERE A PERIMETER BEAM SUPPORTS ONE INTERNAL BEAM THAT SUPPORTS THE LOUVRES, THE EXTERNAL BEAM
SHOULD BE DESIGNED USING A LOUVRE TRIBUTARY LENGTH EQUAL TO HALF OF THE LENGTH OF THE INTERNAL BEAM.
THE INTERNAL BEAM SHALL BE DESIGNED AS A TYPICAL BEAM SUPPORTING LOUVRES.
2. THE INTERNAL BEAM CAN BE LOCATED ANYWHERE ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE EXTERNAL BEAM.

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.17

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:17
 engineering - post calculation
chart: post calculation

SPECIFYING POSTS
SPECIFIYING POSTS
To use the following tables you need to know the Tributary Area (Roof Area) on the post, the Tributary Edge Length (LE)
To use the following tables you need to know the Tributary Area (Roof Area) on the post, the Tributary Edge Length (LE) and the height of the
and the
post. Forheight of the
Tributary Areapost. For Tributary
and Tributary EdgeArea
referand
to Tributary Edge refer page 12.19 & 12.20.
pages 19 &20

POST LOADS
POST LOADS
Wind speeds takenfrom
Wind speeds taken fromNZS
NZS 3604:
3604; 2011,
2011,are
are ultimate
ultimatelimit
limitstate
statewind
windspeeds.
speeds

L = Low wind speed

M = Medium wind speed
H = High wind speed
VH = Very high wind speed
EH = Extra high wind speed

Wind pressure had been calculated using AS/NZS 1170.2.2011

ULS (capacity) SLS (deflection)
P nl := (0.5 pair). V s it_ß_any2.Cfig1.Cdyn.10-3
Wind Zone L M H VH EH L M H VH EH
pair = 1.2 kg/m3, kar = 1.0, ki = 1.0
Factored design
wind speed
Pressure kPa at ULS capacity
32 37 44SLS deflection
50 55 27 31 37 42 46
building
Wind Zone
(m/s) L M H VH EH L M H VH EH
factored
Drag pressure32on 37 44 50 55 27 31 37 42 46
wind speed
beam (kPa) 0.74 0.99 1.40 1.81 2.18 0.54 0.71 1.01 1.30 1.55
vsit (for
ß at building
C = 1.45)m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s
fig

Cfig value Drag force on beam

Drag pressure on
1.45 coefficient
0.89 1.19 1.68 2.18 2.63 0.63 0.84 1.19 1.53 1.84
roof (kPa) 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04
Cfig(for Cfig = 0.04)Drag force on roof
value
0.04 coefficient 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2013© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

// technical specification subject to change without notice

12.12 LOUVRETEC GROUP ACCEPTs nO LiAbiLiTy if sTRUCTUREs ARE nOT DEsiGnED AnD COnsTRUCTED in sTRiCT ACCORDAnCE wiTh This TEChniCAL mAnUAL.

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.18

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:18 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TECHNICAL DETAILS: post and footing design

typical detail simply supported beam (figure 6) and cantilevered beam (figure 7)

FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7
PLAN VIEW SIMPLY SUPPORTED BEAM PLAN VIEW CANTILEVERED BEAM

NOTES
1. tHE TRIB AREA FOR A POST AND FOOTING IS THE PRODUCT OF HALF THE DISTANCE TO THE ADJACENT SUPPORTS
IN EACH DIRECTION ie; l1 X l2 (see fig.6)
2. Where a post supports a cantilever, consider for the full cantilever length (see fig.7)
3. tributary edge length (le) is used to select post size.
For a structure attached to a house, le = l1 (perpendicular to house)
for a free standing structure, le = the longer of L1 & L2 (see fig.8)

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.19

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:19
 post and footing design

typical detail simply supported beam (figure 8)

FIGURE 8
PLAN VIEW

therefore LE = L2

NOTES
1. tHE TRIB AREA FOR A POST AND FOOTING IS THE PRODUCT OF HALF THE DISTANCE TO THE ADJACENT SUPPORTS IN
EACH DIRECTION ie; l1 x l2 (seefig.6)
2. Where a post supports a cantilever, consider for the full cantilever length (see fig.7)
3. tributary edge length (le) is used to select post size.
For a structure attached to a house, le = l1(perpendicular to house)
for a free standing structure, le = the longer of L1 & L2 (see fig.8)

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.20

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:20 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 JOB NAME: LouvreTec Manual 2017 PAGE No:
postCALCULATIONS
LOUVRETEC POST calculation: low wind zone
SECTION:
L WIND ZONE
JOB NO: L030-0003B
DESIGNED: MR
CALCULATION SHEET DATE: 08/03/2017

LOW WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.4m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0

-1.0
75x75x3
-2.0
Tributary Edge Length, L E (m)

-3.0
100x100x3
-4.0

-5.0

-6.0
100x100x5

LOW WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.7m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

75x75x3 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
-1.0

-2.0
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

100x100x3
-3.0

-4.0

-5.0 100x100x5

-6.0

LOW WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 3m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

75x75x3 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
-1.0

-2.0
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

100x100x3
-3.0

-4.0 100x100x5

-5.0

-6.0
150x150x3

NOTE
150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with 100x100x4 steel post

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.21

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:21
 JOB NAME: LouvreTec Manual 2017 PAGE No:
post calculation: medium wind zone LOUVRETEC POST CALCULATIONS
SECTION:
M WIND ZONE
JOB NO: L030-0003B
DESIGNED: MR
CALCULATION SHEET DATE: 08/03/2017

MEDIUM WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.4m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)
75x75x3 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
-1.0

-2.0
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

-3.0 100x100x3

-4.0

-5.0 100x100x5

-6.0

MEDIUM WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.7m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

75x75x3 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
-1.0

-2.0
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

100x100x3
-3.0

-4.0 100x100x5

-5.0
150x150x3
-6.0

MEDIUM WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 3m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)
75x75x3
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
-1.0

-2.0 100x100x3
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

-3.0 100x100x5

-4.0

-5.0 150x150x3

-6.0

NOTE
150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with 100x100x4 steel post

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.22

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:22 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 JOB NAME: LouvreTec Manual 2017 PAGE No:
postCALCULATIONS
LOUVRETEC POST calculation: high wind zone
SECTION:
H WIND ZONE
JOB NO: L030-0003B
DESIGNED: MR
CALCULATION SHEET DATE: 08/03/2017

HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.4m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

75x75x3 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
-1.0

-2.0 100x100x3
Tributary Edge Length, L E (m)

-3.0
100x100x5
-4.0

-5.0 150x150x3

-6.0

HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.7m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0

-1.0

-2.0 100x100x3
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

-3.0 100x100x5

-4.0
150x150x3
-5.0

-6.0

HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 3m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0

-1.0
100x100x3
-2.0
100x100x5
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

-3.0

-4.0
150x150x3

-5.0

-6.0

NOTE
150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with 100x100x4 steel post

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.23

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:23
 JOB NAME: LouvreTec Manual 2017 PAGE No:
post calculation: very high wind zone LOUVRETEC POST CALCULATIONS
SECTION:
VH WIND ZONE
JOB NO: L030-0003B
DESIGNED: MR
CALCULATION SHEET DATE: 08/03/2017

VERY HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.4m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0

-1.0

100x100x3
-2.0
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

-3.0 100x100x5

-4.0
150x150x3
-5.0

-6.0

VERY HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.7m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

100x100x3 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
-1.0

-2.0 100x100x5
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

-3.0

-4.0 150x150x3

-5.0

-6.0
SED

VERY HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 3m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

100x100x3 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
-1.0

-2.0 100x100x5
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

-3.0
150x150x3
-4.0

-5.0
SED
-6.0

NOTE
150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with 100x100x4 steel post

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.24

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:24 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 JOB NAME: LouvreTec Manual 2017 PAGE No:
post calculation:
LOUVRETEC extra
POST CALCULATIONS high wind zone
SECTION:
EH WIND ZONE
JOB NO: L030-0003B
DESIGNED: MR
CALCULATION SHEET DATE: 08/03/2017

EXTRA HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.4m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0

-1.0
100x100x3
-2.0
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

100x100x5
-3.0

-4.0 150x150x3

-5.0
SED
-6.0

EXTRA HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.7m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

100x100x3 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
-1.0

-2.0 100x100x5
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

-3.0
150x150x3
-4.0

-5.0
SED
-6.0

EXTRA HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 3m

Tributary Area , AT (m2)

100x100x3 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
-1.0
100x100x5
-2.0
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)

-3.0
150x150x3

-4.0

-5.0 SED

-6.0

NOTE
150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with 100x100x4 steel post

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.25

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:25
 JOB NAME: LouvreTec Manual 2016 PAGE No:
post footing calculation
LOUVRETEC POST CALCULATIONS
SECTION: 10.3
Footing Calculations

JOB NO: L030-0003B

DESIGNED: MR
CALCULATION SHEET DATE: 29/04/2016

Post Footing Calculations Ground conditions are considered a minimum of "good ground" as per NZS3604, within minimum soil properties as follow:
Geotechnical ultimate bearing capacity = 300kPa (apply 0.5 safety factor)
"GOOD GROUND" Undrained shear strength = 100kPa (apply 0.5 safety factor)
Geotechnical ultimate skin friction capacity = 20kPa (apply 0.5 safety factor)
Questionable ground conditions must be reviewed by engineer!

- If louvre frame is supported by building on less than 2 sides, uplift AND bracing must be considered for footing calculations (Tables 1a, 1b & 2)
- If louvre frame is supported by building on 2 or more sides, uplift only need be considered (Tables 1a & 1b only)

MINIMUM CONCRETE VOLUME FOR ROOF TRIBUTARY ROOF

TABLE 1a
AREA ON POST TO RESIST UPLIFT Design Procedure:
Concrete Volume Required (m3) (1) Determine tributary area on post (determined previously for
Wind Zone: L M H VH EH post design)
Tributary
Area (m2) (2) From Table 1a, determine minimum concrete volume to resist
1.0 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 uplift based on tributary area

2.0 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.16 0.20 (3) From Table 1b, determine footing dimensions required for
3.0 0.09 0.13 0.19 0.25 0.30 minimum volume calculated in (2). If bracing is required to be
4.0 0.12 0.17 0.25 0.33 0.40 considered, follow steps (4) and (5) below.

5.0 0.15 0.21 0.31 0.41 0.50 (4) From Table 2, determine footing dimensions based on post size
6.0 0.18 0.26 0.37 0.49 0.60 selected. For ease of comparing, select same footing type as
7.0 0.22 0.30 0.44 0.57 0.70 selected in (3)

8.0 0.25 0.34 0.50 0.65 0.80 (5) Use maximum of dimensions from (3) and (4)
9.0 0.28 0.38 0.56 0.74 0.90

FOOTING DIMENSIONS REQUIRED FOR PARTICULAR VOLUMES

TABLE 1b
FOR UPLIFT RESISTANCE

Round Piles Square Pads

Square pad Square pad

300 diameter 400 diameter 450 diameter 600 diameter
Volume 300mm deep 600mm deep

(m2) minimum depth (mm) minimum dimension (mm)

Note:
0.1 700 650 600 550 600 400
Round piles depths are calculated
including skin friction so final
0.2 950 800 750 650 800 600
concrete volume will differ to that in first
column.
0.3 1150 950 850 700 1000 700

0.4 1350 1100 1000 800 1150 800

0.6 1800 1400 1250 1000 1400 1000

0.8 2250 1700 1550 1200 1650 1150

1.0 2650 2000 1800 1400 1850 1300

MINIMUM FOOTING SIZES REQUIRED FOR BRACING OF EACH

TABLE 2
POST SIZE

Round Piles Square Pads

Square pad Square pad

Post Size 300 diameter 400 diameter 450 diameter 600 diameter
300mm deep 600mm deep
minimum depth (mm) minimum dimension (mm)

75x75x3 900 900 900 800 800 600

100x100x3 1100 1000 1000 900 1000 800

100x100x5 - 1100 1100 1000 1200 900

150x150x3 - 1300 1200 1200 1400 1100

100x100x4 SHS - 1300 1200 1200 1400 1100

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.26

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:26 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 technical details: square pad footings
TECHNICAL DETAIL: SQUARE PAD FOOTING

square pad footings 300 deep

TECHNICAL DETAIL: SQUARE PAD FOOTING

Baseplate (central)
300mm

square pad footings 600 deep

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale 1:10 @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® F +64 (9) 415 4990
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.27 © E [email protected]
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au File 2016 All rights reserved
FileName W www.louvretec.co.nz
Technical Details subject to change without notice PO Box 300 328 Albany
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without Scale
notice. 1:10 @ A4 11:27
Auckland, New Zealand
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® F +64 (9) 415 4990
©
TECHNICAL DETAIL: ROUND PILE FOOTINGS
technical details: round pile footings

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale 1:7 @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® F +64 (9) 415 4990
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.28
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:28 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 75x75
ALUMINIUM
technical details // basePOST
plateBASE
sizes PLATE Note: All post to base plate welds must be
technical details: base plate sizes
full penetration butt welds all around.

75x75 ALUMINIUM POST BASE PLATE Note: All post to base plate welds must be
TYPICALdetail
tYpical DETAIL// 75X75
75x75
175x175x10 ALUMINIUM POST base
aluminium post
PLATE BASE plate
PLATEfor 50x50 post.
full penetration75x75
buttALUMINIUM
welds all around.
POST
25 125 25 WELDED TO 175x175x10
75x75 ALUMINIUM POST ALUMINIUM
75X75PLATE
ALUMINIUM
WELDED TO 175x175x10 60 MIN
60 MIN

POST
ALUMINIUM PLATE USE 4/M12 S/S CHEM SET
12 PLATE
175x175x10 WELDED TO
BOLTS75x75 ALUMINIUM
OR SIMILAR POST
175X175 X12
(100mmWELDED
EMBEDED) TO 175x175x10
12
25 125 25 75X75 ALUMINIUM POST ALUMINIUM PLATE
125

ALUMINIUM PLATE

100
75x75 ALUMINIUM
WELDED POST
TO 175x175X12
WELDED TO PLATE
175x175x10
12 60 MIN USE 4/M12 S/S CHEM
60 MIN

ALUMINIUM USEBOLTS
4/M12 S/S CHEM
USE 4/M12 OR
SET S/S CHEM SET
60 MIN

ALUMINIUM PLATE SET BOLTS OR

SIMILAR
BOLTS OR SIMILAR
SIMILAR
(100 EMBEDMENT)
(100mm EMBEDED)
(100mm EMBEDMENT)
125

100
NOTE
NOTE
ALL
all POST
pOsT TO BASE
basE plaTE
60 MIN

TYPICAL DETAIL // BASE PLATE SIZES FOR VARIOUS POSTS PLATE

wElds
FULL
WELDS
musT MUST BE
bE full
PENETRATION
pENETraTiON buTT
BUTT WELDS ALL
wElds all arOuNd.
AROUND

tYpical
150x150 ALUMINIUM POST BASE PLATE
TYPICALdetail base PLATE
DETAIL// BASE plate SIZES
sizes FOR
for various
VARIOUS posts
POST
TYPICAL
100x100
100x100
100 x 100 DETAIL
aluminium post
ALUMINIUM
aluminium //
post BASE
base
POST
baseBASE PLATE SIZES
platePLATE FORaluminium
150 x 150 aluminium
150x150 VARIOUS
post base plate
post POSTS
base plate
plate
12 PLATE
250X250X10

25 200 25
60 min.

12 PLATE
150x150 ALUMINIUM POST BASE PLATE
200x200x10

25 150 25 100x100 ALUMINIUM POST

WELDED TO 200xPOST
100x100 ALUMINIUM 200X12
00x100 ALUMINIUM POST BASE PLATE
60 MIN

PLATE12
WELDED TO 200x200x10
ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM PLATE
250X250X10 PLATE
200
150

25 200 25
min.
60 min.

200x200x10 PLATE
60
60 MIN

25 150 25
100x100 ALUMINIUM POST
60 MIN

WELDED TO 200x200x10
ALUMINIUM PLATE 150 X150x12
150x150x1012ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM POST
POST
WELDED TO 250 250
WELDED TO 250X250X10
X X12 12
ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUMPLATE
PLATE
200

100x100 ALUMINIUM POST 150X150 ALUMINIUM

150

100X100 ALUMINIUM
WELDED TO 200x200POST
X10 60 min. POST WELDED
150X150 TO
ALUMINIUM
WELDED TO 200x200x10
60 min.

ALUMINIUM PLATE 250POST WELDED

X250 X12 TO
ALUMINIUM PLATE 12
250X250X10
60 MIN ALUMINIUM PLATE
ALUMINIUM PLATE
fOr100X100X3
60 MIN

for 100x100x3 USE

USE 4/M12 S/S CHEM SET USE 4/M16S/SS/S CHEM
4/M12 S/S CHEM USE 4/M16 CHEM
BOLTS OR SIMILAR SET BOLTSOR
SET BOLTS OR
SET BOLTS OR
(100mm EMBEDMENT) SIMILAR
SIMILAR
100

SIMILAR
for100x100x5 usE 4/m16 (150 EMBEDMENT)
150

(100
s/s EMBEDMENT)
CHEm sET bOlTs Or (150 EMBEDMENT)
150x150x10 ALUMINIUM POST
similar
for
(150100x100x5 USE
EmbEdmENT)
WELDED TO 250X250X10
4/M16 S/S CHEM ALUMINIUM PLATE
SET BOLTS OR
100X100 ALUMINIUM POST NOTE
NOTE: 60 min.
for100x100x4 steel sHs post use grade 250 steel base-
SIMILAR NOTE : For 100x100x4 steel SHS post use same 150X150 ALUMINIUM
WELDED TO 200x200x10
(150 EMBEDMENT) plate with dimensions as for 150x150
150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with
POST WELDED TO
ALUMINIUM PLATE dimensions
aluminimum as for
but 150x150 aluminium post.
100x100x4post,
steel 16mm
post, thick.
plate size remains the 250X250X10
same
60 MIN ALUMINIUM PLATE
USE 4/M12 S/S CHEM SET USE 4/M16 S/S CHEM
BOLTS OR SIMILAR SET BOLTS OR
(100mm EMBEDMENT)
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.29 SIMILAR
100

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au (150 EMBEDMENT)

150

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 11:29
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2013© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

12.21 // technical specification subject to change without notice

 snow loads

snow loads
// snOw LOADinGs. As REqUiRED by nzs3604:2011 (sECTiOn 15)
1. if snow loads are required to be considered, the following equivalent wind zones should be referred to:
// for 1.0kPa snow load - apply mediumMedium
apply minimum wind zone
Wind Zone
// for 1.5kPa snow load - apply Very high
apply minimum wind
Very Highzone
Wind Zone
// for 2.0kPa snow load - apply Extra high
apply minimum wind
Extra Highzone
Wind Zone

2. where a louvre roof forms part of a lower roof meeting an upper wall and the exposed height of the upper wall is
greater than 0.6m, the roof is defined as an abutting roof (similar to nzs3604:2011 15.3). in this situation, the louvre spans
and beam spans determined from the Louvretec tables shall be multiplied
muliplied by 0.8.

figure 9

LOUVRE ROOF

standards nz 1.5 and 2.5 kpa SNOW LOADING ZONES NZS 3604:2011

For information about snow zones in New Zealand please see Figure 15.1 from NZS 3604:2011 Timber Framed Buildings.

File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Scale 1:50 @ A4 Auckland, New Zealand
Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty
® F +64 (9) 415 4990
©
2016 All rights reserved E [email protected]
Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz

PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2013© LOUVRETEC® GROUP

2.22
// technical specification subject to change without
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 notice
FILE: 11.30
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
11:30 LOUVRETEC GROUP ACCEPTs nO LiAbiLiTy if sTRUCTUREs ARE nOT DEsiGnED AnD COnsTRUCTED
©Louvretec in rights
2017. All sTRiCT ACCORDAnCE
reserved. wiTh
Technical This
details TEChniCAL
subject mAnUAL.
to change without notice.
 wiring diagrams

somfy wiring diagrams 12.04 - 12.16

wiring
RTS Motors 12.04 - 12.06
WT Motors 12.08 - 12.16
somfy myLINK™ RTS Technology 12.17 - 12.18
lighting diagrams 12.19 - 12.24
heating 12.25

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:01
WIRING
 wiring diagrams

Motors, Control Systems & Wiring Diagrams

12:02 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 wiring diagrams SOMFY OVERVIEW

wiring diagrams overview

somfy motors & control systems
The following Wiring Diagrams cover the majority of Louvretec
motorised Spiral Pivot Opening Roofs and Sun Louvre installations.
Please contact your nearest Louvretec Dealer to discuss any customised
options not currently shown.

two wiring options

1. RTS - Radio Technology Somfy, motors hard wired, wireless controls.
2. WT - Wired Technology, fully hard wired systems.
Both RTS & WT options covered include:
• Individual controls
• Group controls
• Group & Individual controls
• Controls as above with rain sensors

home automation - using RTS technology

SOMFY myLink™
This system is ideal for Australian & NZ home automation applications.
It is cost effective and simple, plugging directly into a wall socket.

myLink provides both remote control (3G/4G) from your smartphone/

tablet via the 3G/4G Internet network, as well as via the homes Wi-Fi.

important safety instructions

for installation
An incorrect installation could lead to serious injury. Follow all of these
instructions as well as those supplied with the motor and controls.

• Install an omnipolar isolating switch upstream with a minimum

contact opening space of 3mm.
• Motors must be installed and programmed by competent
installers.
• For product necessary for the safe functioning of the motorised
installation, refer to your nearest Louvretec Dealer.
• Use only Somfy approved accessories.
• Use only Somfy transmitters with the RTS motors.
• Before carrying out any form of maintenance isolate the power to
the motor and/or controls.
• Examine the installation at regular intervals. Do not use the
installation until any faults have been rectified.
• Should you have any questions regarding the installation of Somfy
motors and controls contact your nearest Louvretec Dealer.

©Louvretec 2017.
2017 -All
AllRights
RightsReserved.
Reserved.Technical
Technicalspecifications
specificationssubject
subjecttotochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 12:03
 wiring detail : BUSLINE TRANSMITTER WITH ONDEIS RAIN SENSOR TO RTS MOTOR SITUO 1
OR SMOOVE 1 CHANNEL REMOTE SHOWN

TECHNICAL DETAIL // RTS SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS

typical detail rts individual & AUTOMATIC RTS (RAIN SENSOR). ONE PANEL
TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1

DIRECT WIRING CABLING // SOMFY ALTUS 40 & 50 RTS MOTORS

MOTORS
RTS INTEGRATED
WIRING CABLING WITH RADIO
// BUSLINE RECEIVER
TX WITH RAIN SENSOR TO RTS MOTOR SITUO 1 OR SMOOVE 1

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 3 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = LIVE 3 x 1.5mm
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS Current Consumption 170 Watts

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.04

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
12:04 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TECHNICAL DETAIL // RTS SOMFY
wiring LS40
detail & motor
: rts LT50 MOTORS
to Situo 1 channel rts remote

TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1

TECHNICAL DETAIL // RTS SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS
typical detail rts INDIVIDUAL REMOTE CONTROL WITH ALTUS RTS MOTOR
TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1

situo 1 ch
rts remote

smoove 1 channel
wall mounted remote

TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1

DIRECT WIRING CABLING // SOMFY ALTUS 40 & 50 RTS MOTORS

MOTORS INTEGRATED WITH RADIO RECEIVER

DIRECT WIRING CABLING // SOMFY ALTUS 40 & 50 RTS

BLUEMOTORS
= NEUTRAL Wiring 3 core double insulated heavy duty
RTS WIRING
MOTORS CABLING //WITH
INTEGRATED RTS MOTOR
RADIOTO SITUO 1 OR SMOOVE
RECEIVER BROWN =1LIVE 3 x 1.5mm
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 3 core double insulated heavy duty flex
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
BROWN = LIVE 3 x 1.5mm
Current Consumption 170 Watts
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS Current Consumption 170 Watts

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.05

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:05
PRODUCT CATALOGUE
// technical specification su
 wiring detail : rts motors to SITUO 5 channel rts remote

TECHNICAL DETAIL // RTS SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS

typical detail rts 4 individual and group control - up to 4 motors individually or in a group
TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1

DIRECT WIRING CABLING // SOMFY ALTUS 40 & 50 RTS MOTORS

MOTORS
RTS INTEGRATED
WIRING CABLING WITH RADIOTO
// RTS MOTOR RECEIVER
SITUO 5

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 3 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = LIVE 3 x 1.5mm
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS Current Consumption 170 Watts

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.06

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
12:06 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 wiring detail : busline transmitter with ondeis rain sensor to rts motors
SITUO 5 channel remote shown

TECHNICAL DETAIL // RTS SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS

typical detail rts 5 individual , group & automatic control - up to 4 motors individually, or in a
TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1 multiple group or close only with rain sensor

TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1

NOTE: The signal to the motors from the Bus Line transmitter can be reversed
by moving the wire attached to the up arrow terminal to the down arrow terminal.

DIRECT WIRING CABLING // SOMFY ALTUS 40 & 50 RTS MOTORS

RTS WIRING
MOTORS CABLING //WITH
INTEGRATED BUS LINE TX WITH
RADIO RAIN SENSOR TO RTS MOTORS
RECEIVER

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 3 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = LIVE 3 x 1.5mm
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS Current Consumption 170 Watts

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.07

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:07
 TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

wiring detail : wt motor to inis uno or clipsal single switch

TECHNICAL DETAIL
typical detail // STANDARD
dw individualSOMFY LS40one
control & LT50 MOTORS
panel

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

DIRECT WIRING CABLING // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUAT

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DIRECT
RTS WIRING
WIRING CABLING
CABLING // STANDARD
// WT SOMFY
MOTOR TO INIS UNOLS40 & LT50 SINGLE
OR CLIPSAL MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS
SWITCH
Current Consumption 170 Watts

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
Current Consumption 170 Watts
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.08 PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au // technical specification subject
12:08
13.02 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 wiring detail : wt motor with solaris uno and ondeis rain sensor

TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD

typicalSOMFY
detailLS40
dw & LT50 MOTORS
individual & automatic (rain sensor) control one panel

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

SOLARIS UNO

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

DIRECT WIRING
DIRECT WIRING CABLING
CABLING////STANDARD SOMFY
SOLARIS UNO 1 WITHLS40
RAIN&SENSOR
LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS
TO WT MOTOR

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
Current Consumption 170 Watts
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.09
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:09
 TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 3

wiring detail : two wt motors to inis duo switch

TECHNICAL DETAIL
typical detail // STANDARD
dw individualSOMFY
switchLS40
with& LT50
dualMOTORS
control one panel

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 3

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

DIRECT WIRING CABLING // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUA

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty fl

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DIRECT WIRING
WIRINGCABLING
CABLING////STANDARD
WT MOTORSOMFY
TO INIS LS40
DUO & LT50
OR MOTORS
CLIPSAL OR SWITCH
DOUBLE RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS
Current Consumption 170 Watts

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
Current Consumption 170 Watts
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.10 PRODUCT CATALOGUE 20
// technical specification subj

13.04
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
12:10 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 4

wiring detail : two wt motors with inIS uno to 2 motor coupler synchronised for large panel

Drawing 4.1 // DW Individual Control; One Panel Drawing 4.2 // DW Individual Control; One Panel
TECHNICAL
typical DETAIL
with twodetail dw //individual
synchronised STANDARD
motors SOMFY
panels LS40
for largecontrol; one& panel
LT50 MOTORS
withwith
two twosynchronised
synchronised motorsmotors
for large for
panelslarge panels

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 4.1 TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 4.2

Note: Louvre panel with two motors synchronised Note: Louvre panel with two motors synchronised
on a single axel. Motor tails must face away from on a dual axel with top dual drive gearbox. Motor
each other. tails must face away from each other.

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

DIRECT WIRING CABLING // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
Current Consumption 170 Watts
DIRECT WIRING
DIRECT WIRING CABLING
CABLING////STANDARD
INIS UNO TOSOMFY LS40
2 MOTOR & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS
COUPLER

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
PRODUCT DO NOT PARALLEL
CATALOGUE WIRE
2009© LOUVRETEC ®
MOTORS
GROUP
// technical specification subject to change without notice Current Consumption 170 Watts
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 12.11
13.05
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:11
 wiring detail : wt motor with universal receiver and SITUO 1 channel rts remote

TECHNICAL DETAIL
typical detail // STANDARD
rts individual SOMFY LS40standard
control, & LT50 MOTORS
motor with separate rts receiver

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

smoove 1 channel
wall mounted remote

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

DIRECT WIRING
WIRINGCABLING
CABLING////STANDARD SOMFY LS40
UNIVERSAL RECEIVER & LT50
TO WT MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS
MOTOR

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
Current Consumption 170 Watts
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.12
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
12:12 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 wiring detail : four wt motors with smoove ib to 4 motor controller

TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD SOMFYtypical

LS40 & LT50 MOTORS
detail dw group control; one control up to 4 panels

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

DIRECT WIRING
DIRECT WIRING CABLING
CABLING////STANDARD SOMFY
SMOOVE IB TO LS40CONTROLER
4 MOTOR & LT50 MOTORS
WITH OR RODEO
RAIN 240V ROD ACTUATORS
SENSOR

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
Current Consumption 170 Watts
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.13
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:13
 wiring detail : four wt motors with smoove ib to 4 motor controller
with ondeis rain sensor

TECHNICAL DETAIL
typical detail // STANDARD
dw SOMFY LS40
group & automatic & LT50
(rain MOTORS
sensor) up to 4 panels

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

DIRECT WIRING
WIRINGCABLING
CABLING////STANDARD SOMFY
SMOOVE IB TO LS40CONTROLLER
4 MOTOR & LT50 MOTORS OR
WITH RODEO
RAIN 240V ROD ACTUATORS
SENSOR

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
Current Consumption 170 Watts
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.14
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
12:14 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 wiring detail : two wt motors to ib busline giving individual or group control

TECHNICAL DETAIL
typical // STANDARD
detail SOMFY
dw individual LS40 &control;
& group LT50 MOTORS
bus line allows individual or group control

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

DIRECT WIRING
DIRECT WIRING CABLING
CABLING////STANDARD SOMFY
IB BUS LINE TO LS40 & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS
WT MOTORS

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
Current Consumption 170 Watts
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.15
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:15
 wiring detail : two wt motors to ib busline giving individual or group control
with ondeis rain sensor

TECHNICAL DETAIL
typical detail // STANDARD
dw individual,SOMFY
groupLS40 & LT50 MOTORS
& automatic (rain sensor) control via bus line

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1

DIRECT WIRING
WIRINGCABLING
CABLING////STANDARD SOMFY
IB BUS LINE WITH LS40
RAIN & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS
SENSOR

BLUE = NEUTRAL Wiring 4 core double insulated heavy duty flex

BROWN = DIRECTION 1 4 x 1.5mm
BLACK = DIRECTION 2 Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
Current Consumption 170 Watts
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.16
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
12:16 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 wiring detail : SOMFY myLink™ USING RTS TECHNOLOGY

Somfy myLink ™
PR O DU CT SPECIF ICATIONS

Control motorised
applications from home
or away, with one plug,
no wires.
PRODUCT FUNCTIONALITIES No wires involved,
just a plug

Secure
connection

Control
Controls blinds, curtain, awnings as well as RTS
enabled lighting devices.

Plug & Go
Plugs directly into a wall socket and follows
on-screen set-up wizard. Easy!

Timed Event
Schedule your scenarios to run on a weekly plan.

Remote Access
Maximise the many benefits such as energy
saving and privacy even when you’re away
from home.

©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:17
 wiring detail : SOMFY myLINK™ USING RTS TECHNOLOGY
Somfy myLink
P R O DUCsomfy
T S PECmyLINK™
I F I C ATIO- NS
USING RTS TECHNOLOGY
myLink™ can be added to any existing RTS installation only if:

OPERATING
• All PRINCIPLE
RTS motor limits, including “MY” if desired, are set.
• There must be a pre-programmed RTS controller (handheld, in-wall or table top) that controls the motors, and will also be contolled
• by the myLink™.

Somfy myLink
• Recommended that the channel configuration of the transmitter matches what you want to see on myLink™ – ex. On a Telis 4 RTS,
• channels 1-4 individually control motors, and channel 5 is a group channel that controls all 4 motors together.

Somfy myLink RTS Communications

P R O D U CT S P ECI FI CAT I O N S
between Somfy myLink and
the home’s devices.
OPERATING PRINCIPLE

Somfy myLink

WIFI Communications
RTS Communications
betweenbetween Somfyand
the router the and
myLink
the home’s
Somfy myLink. devices.

Remote Control (3G/4G) Control from Home

WIFI Communications
Commands sent from the between the Commands
router and thesent from the
smartphone/tablet via the Somfy myLink.
smartphone/tablet via the
3G/4G Internet network. home’s WiFi.

Remote Control (3G/4G) Control from Home

Commands sent from the Commands sent from the
COMPATIBLE END PRODUCTS via the
smartphone/tablet smartphone/tablet via the
3G/4G Internet network. home’s WiFi.

COMPATIBLE END PRODUCTS

Lights Roller Blinds Venetian Blinds Awnings External Blinds Roller Shutters Curtains

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Lights Roller Blinds Venetian Blinds Awnings External Blinds Roller Shutters Curtains
Status
Operating Temperature 0°C to 45°C
indicator
Protection Rating IP 20
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Radio Frequency Wifi: 2.4GHz, 802.11b/g/n
Operating Temperature 0°C to 45°C
Status
indicator
RTS: 433.42 MHz Reset
Protection Rating IP 20
Radio Hz Range 200 metres in open field, button Type 1
Radio Frequency Wifi: 2.4GHz, 802.11b/g/n
20 metres throughRTS:
2 reinforced
433.42 MHz Reset
concrete walls Product Description Somfy myLink
button Type 1
Radio Hz Range 200 metres in open field,
Dimension (H x W x D mm) 105 x 57 x 52 (without plug)through 2 reinforced
20 metres Reference 1811473
concrete walls Product Description Somfy myLink
Dimension (H x W x D mm) 105 x 57 x 52 (without plug) Reference 1811473

SOMFY Pty Limited – ABN 77 003 917 244 – 9/38-46 South St, Rydalmere NSW 2116 – T +61 (0)2 8845 7200 – [email protected]

SOMFY Pty Limited – ABN 77 003 917 244 – 9/38-46DATE

SouthMODIFIED : 01/01/2017
St, Rydalmere FILE: 12.18
NSW 2116 – T +61 (0)2 8845 7200 – [email protected]
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
12:18 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
www.somfy.com.au
www.somfy.com.au
 wiring diagrams louvretec lighting & heating overview

lighting & heating

louvretec led lighting & heating systems - wiring diagrams

24v LIGHTING SYSTEMS

WIRING DIAGRAMS
The following wiring diagrams cover five types of
24v lighting systems currently offered by Louvretec:

1. Louvretec LED blade lighting with diffuser fitting

typically to louvre blades, gutter face or extrusions.

1 & 2. louvretec blade LIGHTING 2. As above but including motor wiring combined.

3. Louvretec LED gutter lighting fitting to inside face

of gutter, reflecting up onto blades.

4. Louvretec LED downlights fitting within Louvretec

50mm conduit or similar.

5. Louvretec LED projector lights fitting externally to

Louvretec frame.
3. louvretec GUTTER LIGHTING
heating
There are a wide variety of heaters suitable for use
under a Louvretec Opening Roof.

The wiring diagram shown on page 12.25 shows a

typical installation .

important safety instructions

4. louvretec led DOWNLIGHTS for installation
An incorrect installation could lead to serious injury.
Follow all these instructions as well as those supplied
with the motor and controls.
DI MONTAGGIO • Install an omnipolar isolating switch upstream
INSTRUCTIONS with a minimum contact opening space of 3mm.
• For product necessary for the safe functioning of
5. louvretec led projector lights
the installation, contact your Louvretec Dealer.
• Before carrying out any form of maintenance -
isolate the power to the motor and/or controls.
• Examine the installation at regular intervals. Do
not use the installation until any faults have been
rectified.
• Should you have any questions regarding the
HEATER installation contact your Louvretec Dealer.

Alim. Note
©Louvretec
©Louvretec
2017 - All2017.
RightsAllReserved.
rights reserved. Technical
Technical detailssubject
specifications subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice.
notice. 12:19
W 24Vdc
 wiring detail : 1. louvretec led blade or frame lighting

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.20

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
12:20 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
 wiring detail : 2. louvretec led blade or frame lighting - motor combined

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.21

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:21
 wiring detail : 3. louvretec led gutter lighting

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.22

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
12:22 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring detail : 4. louvretec regulus downlight in 50mm conduit

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.23

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:23
 wiring detail : 5. louvretec led projector lights 24v - alfa, dione, pavo

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.24

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
12:24 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring detail : Heating

DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.25

www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 12:25